THE

AND INTELLECT,
WIIIU

.·-:

. ... .,
:

·•.·."" .··.
:.>· ..:.

·.

.

.

.

...

, PUBLISHED BY

;· T~o~us. COWPERTilW AIT &

A. v. BLAKE,
}f,:·; :_NEW YORK ; .. DURRIE & PECK, NE\V HAVEN; BROWN•
1 ~- ·: ~ :-_ ;, :.·: .· PACKARD, HARTFORD; TSA:AC II. CADY, PROV.IDENCE i
'AND JOHN W. FOSTER~ PORTSMOUTH, N. ll• .

:i·/.. ,

co., . PillLADELPHTA ;

. .. .

.

(;)

.

PALMER'S MOR-AL INSTRUCTOR.
THE

MORAL INSTRUCTOR;
OR

CULTURE OF . THE HEART, AFFECTIONS,
,_AND, .INTELLECT,
_/
._-;..
.- .'?>f~·

LE.A?RN,I~G TO READ.

'.

i

I
i

~-

~

-

"\"-

.

PAR.!i' I.
Is there, alas I within the human soul,
An inbred taint disposing it for ill?
More need that early cult~re should control
And discipline "by l011e the pliant will.
The heart of man is rich in all good seeds ;
Neglected, it is choked with tares and no::rious weed! ,·

BY THOMAS H . PALMER,
.1u;n10P. 0F THE PRIZE ESSAY o~ ED l: CATIO~ , };~!T ITL "ED
H THE TE ..".. CHER'B MitN U.:\ L . "

I

PUBLISHED BY
THOMAS, COWPERTHWAIT A CO., PHILADELPHlA; .l. V. EI.ill;
NEW YORK ; DURRIE &\ PECK, NEW .HA VEN; BROWN A .
PACK.ARD; HARTFORD; ISAAC H. CA.DY, PROVIDENCE;
AND JOHN W. FOSTER, PORTSMOUTH, N. B.

,. .

~,, .

WM. D. TICKNOR & CO., BOSTON, GENERAL 4GENTS~
·~

~

..

./·

-.
.

\·..

t' • "

PRE.FACE.
'

.

,,,...,
.r,..,.-·

-o~

.

•
/I /"
!. ··) ,L /;-~

~

/

/

:x fL"-

.

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1841,

,l

Itu

___fl

BY THOl\lAS H. PALMER,
In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Vermont.

.. .

lr

=H

for

1 nn·
n1~ t.-. c.· ,~•..-o. <A. t •nnhtLwrr r--.·l .:.: n~· r!·;· -::- r11r1~11. . . t1 r 1---~ .c.A.l..a.5,
V.&.
"V
"'-'~5'-' '-"'.t''-'!-'.a..a.""".-. '-'ba..a.• LJt ....,. ... ..,...,.J
....,. . . """......,.'-""'•'-" j.Jt.. '-'

q
~

I BELIEVE it is generaliy admitted by those ,,~·ho
have bestowed atten,tion on the subject, that one
of the greatest erroris in our-system of popular
education lies in the':· notion, that the communi-. .· ·
catiOn of knowledge' .should be the object -of
instruction, rather · than the cultivation of the
mind; and that th~ accumulation of facts in the .
}llemory is of more advantage than the develop.,;·; . ·
ment of the moral and intellectual faculties. .
Hence, · even in our best reading books
childhood, while we have 'questions in abundance
to exercise· the memor11, as to the stories or the
facts they contain, _ there is not the slightest
attempt to excite the thinking powers into action;
and, in the few crude attempts to improve the
hea~t, instead of eddeavoring to develop and give
a proper direction to the social affections and moral . ~
~ee1ings, recourse is !rncl to sermonizin~,, or ~ectur-

'
STEREOTYPED BY

GEO. A. & J. CURTIS,
I

Ni:W·:ENGLA~

TYPE AND STEREOTYPE FOU:Nir11:r.

c erit~, \Y11il_
J1 g·litle tl1roL1 .("11 th~~ i1·1i11d of~ cl~ild lik.G
water ' over the surface
an impenetrable rock; '
or he is entertained with tales or stories of a most ·
questio~able mor~lity. For, in.stead of directing· ·
the attention of the child to the internal~ delight: , .
and complacency arising from ·virtuous ·and picru~ , . , .
emotions and actions, and leading him to feeltbat
goodness is its own reward; instead of poiriting . ·
out to him, that, amidst an · its . outward ·gratifications, the vicious child cannot be otherwise than ·,
discontented and unhappy, the aim of most of the~
mora] stories of our schCilol-books has been to

of

·;

-~~1~~~-~~i·£;~~··::;;'o~~·~

~~~~·--:--:----

iT

PREFACE. ;

PREFACE. ·

s~ow vir~ue rew,a rded ":ith outw~rd pr?sperity,

vice pumshed by adversity and d1sappomtment. ·
~ow the slightest glance ·at life··will show that
this is altogether a false view of things; that
temporal prosperity is wt generally the recompense which Providence has deemed worthy of
virtue and merit. And surely it is a danO'erous
and fatal doctrine, which can lead to nothi~O' but
0
.
..
.
h
d 1sappomtment, mi:ant .ron~; , and a distru::;t of
.Provi-dence, to teach young- persons tha:t correct
principles and rectitude of conduct are ' either
naturally allied with, or adequately rewarded by /
the gratification of our passions, or the attainment
of our wishes. For what must a child think
when, as he e-rows ~older, he find~ that on thi~
~ubject he hr;s been ch~ated by his parents or
rnstrnctors ; th at t~1e rn o t 1 ~ es Ly which they h 3Ye
s oug h t to- k ad lmn to Ytrtue ha ve n ot been in
accordance \vith truth~ \Vjll not this have a
strong te n d en cy to 1 n ~p i rc h im with such a d istrust an 1l distaste of moral and religious training,
0.S tD e xe rt a most unhappy influence on all his

future conduct?
- This little book is the first of a series, ori-e of
the .main objects of which is to excite more pure
~eehngs a!1d co~rec.t moral ide~s in early youth,
rn _connex10n with rntellectual rnstruction, not by
forr_nal moral lectures or dry didactic precepts,
which are only calculated to tire and discrust
the
0
infant mind_, but hy the development of that
~ense of _nght and wrong . which God has
impla.nted I~ every soul, by! means of a series of
questions su~~ed to th~ir capacity, and calculated
to arrest their attention, arid at the same time
natu:a1ly connected with the subjects of their
readmg lessons.

.

I

v

';rhese. o J.estions, it will be readily perceived,
are not.1m;nded .fls .a mere exercise of m~mory.
The ch_il4 1s ~ontmually called on to exercise his
judgment ~y deciding between right and wrong;
his .amiable sympathies and affections are called
into .Play, ~nd ~is selfish feelings r~pressed, . by
leadm_g .him . to . rec~ll ~o min~ the happiness
produ~ed, not merely rn himself, but in all around,
--; by the one! and th~ mi:-;Prv nntnrn1!v ntter~da::t on
the other; his piety is dev~·ioped and. strengthened,
and a~ abiding sense 'of the ~onstn.nt presence of
God produc,ed, ~Y the hahit of making appeals to
his· jurisdiction on e_v~ry .occasion; a pure and
correct taste is fostered, and a nerennial fount of
de-l~ght ·is opene~, l:iy leading ·him of himsef{ to
t110
'u·..-..-...
11, .... ,ll tLn
t1a~r"O""
nr
notl re a"1d t·o t"e"'!
v
""" v ~•.i..u:j 1.1t.~.
l!._. ...
1
i"".J .ul
1 n .J 1 ~~ l l" l 'll·e · h ~ ·- ·r--· !·1
,.,,~r
o
1
1"
·
1
t
')
-.
,
...
,
t'
·e
~,••t
_ • ( ~ ''~-~
~
t V i :.., 1 1 L
c(
'-~ :---;} ~tl J-l<l. !l 1Z
with th e fee li ng::: of others, and to delight in th e
-

t

.i,; •

<1.

,

,

:.i.i

!

charities and courtesies of social life; lie-is imbued

w ith a ki ndnc2s , a ten dern ess toward s cverv• li vin,,.
0
thing that breathes, from the co miderntion tha t a H
are the creatu res of hi s H ea ve nly Fa th e r, an <l th a t

the same care and bounty which protects and
~upports himself, _equally overshadows them; and,
finally, he is led constantly to feel the vast, the
everlasting importance of T1rnTH, in tho ught,
word, and deed, as the only true and solid foun~ dation of virtue and happiness.
The progressive knowledge of the child is
taken ad vantage of, in thi s seri es of books, by
directing his gro.wing faculties to such portions of
the general planof Nature as may be within his
compreh'e nsion. Admiration for the skill and
power of Providence 'is excited, by . calling
attention to the \vonderful adaptations of means to

1*

~{~~z/~~(~T~%l.~;);..

vi

iii

PREFACE.

To some it may _appear .as if too Il1Uch room
which are everywhere displayed ; . to the
was ~~cupied; by t_l;ie:subje~t of crue!ty to anim~l~;
.delightful varie~y a~'d opvious utility of the ~hanges
but such _a11 _._1dea will qm~kly vamsh, when it is
of seasons, ·and of mght and day ; to the 'Yonderful
considered, what selfishness and hardness of heart
manner in which man and all the animals ~re
is 'generated ~y !he inhuO:an ~var incessantly
fitted to harmonize with each oth~r. and W1!h
carried on by - ~h1ldr~n agamst mse~ts a.1_14, .~he . ·
every created thing; and to the e~qms1te mode m
smaller,. birds and quadrupeds. _. ~uch a practice
which man is fitted for the enJoyment of the
. lays but a wretched foundation for that enlarged
ITTaceful forms and beautiful colors of nature, the
· sympathy that. " droppeth as the. gentle dew of
harmonious sounds, the fragrant odors, and the .
_he.av.~p;" a syµi. pathy .that .o~ght. to embr~ce,- not
;; del icious flavors ·so lavishly•provided for hi~'use.
only the whoie,< human family, but every cr~a~ure,_ ·
But the main adv~ritage of. tliis plan of teach..
that . is capabJ4· of' fe¢ling. Let the sentm~;nt,
ing iies in this: tbat these results are not brought
·" M;y_.Fath~r 1.11.~de. a~d car~s for them all, be
about by the dogmatic assertion of th_e teacher or
impressed on tl~e tiund of childhood, and of }:low
writer but are alL the natural workmgs of the
much of the bit~erness that makes man ·a n enemy .
child'; own mind, elicited by questions so· simple
of tJuf e.nmity that makes countless thou- .
to
as to avoid the slightest danger of overstraining
.
. - sands mburn, shou\d we be spared ! .
the youthful intellect. In this manner can be
It -is a · comm.on, but _ most dangerous . error,
der ived prac~ic~ lessons of humil~ty, r~ve:ence ,
that a mo~al iefo.r ma_tion can easily Le effected a t,,
and love, which would be sought m vam m thP.
any .time~ -. _'.Man: i·s. a creature qf habit. And .no
maxims 'of a· dry morality.
habits are m ore early formed than those of ~
. But although the plan of this series of boo~s
moral character. V.1c all have passions and ev1l
is to lead each child to observ-e and bring out the r? desires, which , the oftener they are yield.eel to, ihe
moral lesson from his own mind , he is not allowed
str:onger th~y,becomel and th~ m?re d1fficul_t t.o
to depe11d exclusively on this fallible source. lri
resist: and hence the necessity, if we are desievery lesson, the sanction and authority of the
rous th at our children ~hould attain to moral exBible is adduced, i.n order that the ideas of the ~ cellence that th ey should enter the right path
child may be compared, and then r ectified or
~ early. 'A profound prac.tic.ai '~ritc.r says, "that
confirmed, by that unfailing stan~:ud . By th is
iiiii
during childhood (i. e_, until. the ~1gh th year) _edu;am eans, also, the child will ·become familiar_ with
tion should have for its mam obJectthe cultivation
such parts of the Scriptures as are most likely to
of .ihe ~oral qtrnlities." And agai~, that ".Moral
be ·practically .useful ·for his actual situafion; a
Education commences _at the , earliest pen.od .of
circumsta.n ce which will ptobably tend to produce
infancy, and we almost ~el~e-~e is.finished, for good .
a .more ardent and enduring l{)Ve for 'the sacred
or ~or evil,' ~efo~e ,the md1v1duat p~~ses, fro.m
Scriptures_in ve~y early yo_u-th, than by their indis- · f
period
of childhood. In -moral quaht1es ..the chyd
eriminate readi,ng.
·
r

ends

man,

; " ·•

a

I ·.·

I

t?e

I

... .

Vlll

PREFACE.

!f

is,' indeed, .'father to· the. man.'"*
this be
. ,.r
,
correct and who can doubt·it, how unfaithfully do
,,
,_..
.
!
~parent~ and teac~ers fulfil ·their hig~ responsibilities! And, indeed, when we consider ·the preTHE ALPHABET,
judices and passions tha~ are ~aily acquir!ng
/}
.'..:
~
·'strength, and the bad habits contmually forming
i:.~
~~)
OR
' NAl\IES OF THE LETTERS.
in neglected childhood, may it not well be doubted
whether a ·t horourrh
cure ever can be produced,
. b
·.:i_
which is postponed to a later p~riod 1 . .
•
The vast ' importance of _moral trammg fn
TE:tb.riRs.-fhrou~h~ut this book the readin(7 in
schools will be evident, if \Ve consider that it is
large . type is intended for the pupil ; an'd that in s:iian
type for the teacher. .·
_
.
··
.
by this method alone that the . whole coinmuI?.ity
can be effectual! v 'reached. We cannot .receive
As it is exceedin,~ly de~irab]e that the pupil
the lessons of the pulpit till our habits are fixed;
·
should
read as early as possible, in order that
till passion and prejudice· have done their work.
Parental instruction is necessarily inadequate; for,
hen mna!r!~e.l ~~ inte;~est /n "his ~tt~~ie~~ a:~_ ~vo~d
before it can become general, the whole popula~ El t~.._, .r-----lClO~., hab... o~ suffer1nq h1? 1Hl!1d. LO
tion must first be reformed . At present, the most !'.l! wander from the book, (the unav01dable yet fatal
re~.ult of occ_~pying · children too long with sou:n,d;
anxious care of a mother is rendered abortive by
the pernicious, yet most powerful, influence ana {~ =without sense,) th·e small alphabet is given first!
example of school associates. . \Vhat precious t-" and . no capitals are- used in the first eighteen
read mg ·lessons. ·Let the names of one or two
fruits should we not have reason to expect, if this
. lef.{~rs, the!l~i-:J.>e associated w!th their .respective
malign influence were to be superseded by the
cha:acters daily,· and"n ' few Of th& simple combibeneficial one which would naturally arise from
the universal development and discipline of the . nat10ns read after the teacher, until the whole of
the small alphabet has become familiar,· when the
conscience 'in early youth; if every child \Yere to
re>a.lL!Y l tl hn .
' ,_, ...
. .
d AL'.iterwa:ras.
. ..
be accustomed from infancy to look inward, to !!!!!!I
;:;:;;;; _,,, u1nb e.,svus mav ue commence .
w~ile the:.'reading ·1~ssons ·form the main
know· himself, -to keep his Judgment continually
exercised' in deddfog . between righ,t and wrong.
on: ~?f. th.e.}a,~i tal le~ters inay ~e l~~-~~ed da.ily.
Motpers ! Fathers! it i~for you to say whether
T~~ .teacei~r __:s~ould•.;:be car~f.ul tha,~ · the pupil
this· attempt_· :to ·introduce such ·a state· of things_
neither raises his vo1ee, nor uses unnatural tones
in pronouncing the letters.
shall be successful;_ into · your hands its fate' is
, respectfully co_m mitted.
I

\

. '

,..t~ f.

;:-To

.
I

1

!'·

tai

·shidy;

)

'*

·~ractical Treatise on the, Manage:i;nent. and Diseases ~
of Children, by R. T.'Evanson, and H. Maunsell, Profes·
sor1 in the Dublin Royal College of Surgeons, 1836.

•

16

COMBINATIONS

or: LETTERS.

nati?~s after. the tea~h~r, till they have bec~me

fam1har ..to him. It will be well, however,-·· to
return to them repeatedly, even after the child has
made consid¢rable progress in reading.
The teacher _may aid the pupil ·in acquiri ng a
knowledge of -the powe rs of the le tters, v: h ich is
all that is necessa1y to enable him to read bv
.
l
,
utter.mg t le power (not the name) of o ne or m or~
letters at the beginning of any vrnnls about v:hich
he is at a loss. For instance: suppose he did
not know the \vord cross. The teacher min-ht
assist him by giving the sound er or cr o. \Vi th
words of more thn n one syllable he should be
assisted by 'Coveri rw Lhe syllable with the hand
t_ill. h e. had pronou~ ced th e first, &c . \.Vhen a
· child IS stopped for a word, h e ·o ught to read .the
whole sen ~e~ce o: er aga_in , j n ord~.r th_a,t __ ~~ .. ~_ay
pot l?se the" idea ; !he -teacher keepmg constantly
. In mind~ tha~ t?~si~e CJ.1j,fL F~., :- 9i.~ _
~n_d, object
of the . . c_hool, is,, to · teach · the · child - to ·connect
~~rqs _:Wfth i4~~s,- '_ · With~u~ ·thit:, . re~cling< is
\}oth1~g but senseless gabble.
· · .
·_~ · ·
-Children ~hould ~o.t, be 'put in - classes 1ill they
can -~ead with . c~ms1der~~le fl1:1~ncy; bu~, if the
tea;c her be:pressed ·for time, he :can · collect; half
a_4~~~IJ
him, alth?u~h .he ,,- gives . Iessqns
sepa~tely~ · :When· sufficiently· a~vanced ' to ·be
classified, parns'. should be taken to make all keep
!he place, so that one shall ·.be ready to read the
mstant another stops.
.
·
·T here "is~ an ·. e':il · ~hi·~h must be, carefull y
g uarded agamst, or it will be productive :of trouble.
W~en . books are , well suited. to the{ cap~city-. of
ch1ldr;n~ they are ~p~, by ~~armg the~ freq~~zitly
read- - 1n - ~ehool,- -to get · a great ·parr of ·them · by

r9un4

..
.....

COMBINATIONS : OF LETTERS.

heart, so that, when they themselves come to read
them, a glance at the picture, or a knowledge of
the first ·word, will enable them to repeat the rest
of the sentence fluently, while perhaps they do not
know a word of it. To p.revent this, let one or
m ore se n tences be read a.aily backwards,. until

this <langer be past.
Gr0n.t C{lff' i" nocc><:.:;: <1" \r to .,.,,,.,
,,1·1 t- 1•o'r'.l1l'
11 ....... ...
. c
_..,,_.ir.S
....."'. 'l 'C:
••
from acquirin g the had ·l1alJit~ that pre~'n il in
1
,.
,..__
· mos·t permc10us
· ·
scnoo.s
as to· reading.
. Une
o,r tlle
---

,...,,

1..0

............

\,,; ....

ui.

...

1

of these is the prnctice of rnis i ng the voico at the
end of every word \Vhe n they are separate1y pronounced, as by beginners. It is exceedingly
diffi cult,, n ot to say impossible, to eradicate such
habits when fully formed; while nothina but a
little attention on the part of the tea~her is
necessary to pre-vent their formation. Let, then,
the attention of te achers be wide awake on this
p o!nt. pne,h<;>qr at the com~1encement is worth
days, weeks, o(months, at a later period. It is
also ·highly important:. that beginners · pro~o1:1n.ce
the consonants full and strong at the end of _syllabl_es · and . words, . more ' especially when they
are doubled~ . It . is in them . that articulation
essentially consists. They may be :said to form
the .thewes . and ,sinews · of speech, and · in their
distinct u fterance lies one of the chief differences
between good and bad . speakers and readers.
The r requires particular attention. :It ough t
never to. be silent. Yet, in such words as far,
star, barn, born, burn, &c., the practice of common
rell;de~s is merely to lengthen the sound of the a,
o, ~' . &G., omitti.n g . the r entirely; · and iri st;i-<ti.r .·
word~ as mild, field, build, mirJd, &c., -the :'c('Jb'
almo~t .uniformly . Of!li~ted by con1mon reader~

2* . "

.

18

.-

19

COMBINATIONS · OF LETTERS.

Let the teach~r, then, take especial: care · of the
consonant soµnds; fr is possible to mispronounce
the vowels, but they never· can· ~ ·oinitted; .
Terms should. never be explamed to ·children
by formal d.efinitio~.s~ ?r by synonymo~s ~xpres·
~ions. This last is merely the substttutlon of
one word for another; and, very freque n tly, the
latter is more unintelligible than the formet, and,
besides, creates the habit of resting satis~ed with
· mere sounds instead of ideas. The-proper meth_gd
15 to go back to simple, elemen_tary _t.ruths; .or

DIRECTIONS TO TEACHERS.

IN the followin<T0 less~n, le·t th~ teacher, pointing

to the -word hoy, distinctly pronounce it, and repronounce ~t after him, and
. quire the child
thel!Jb.,Point out the same word iµ the t:; o following li q~~: · Let th.e teacher ;.next point t~. t.~e
words fL,good boy, till the pupil becomes fam1h~r
with them. In the: second lesson .l et · th~ pup~l
pronoun'ce t~em coi1secutive1y, .P:nc~ then sa.x to
him ,~ ' f{oyv·· 1et 1Js tr \!" to T t:ctr_t tt 1is ic~~on.
i Oll
] 1a-ve not rfn d it vet .
Yon }wvc only named the
words. Li::itcn to rnc. I will jirst . ncme th~
\Vo rd s ,., nrl then read th em: n-goorl--hoy) n. gond
'
.
,
1' .
boy," layin;:: a strong cmp11as1s on goo rt. l\O\V
Jct the ~hild name th e \\·onh, ancl then Tcacl the

to

w

~f'11tence. bcinF vei:'V careful th~1t h e reads natnr;lly, e~~clly ~s hevwou1 ? speak it 1 ancl .'vithout
vocifera tion, or any pec ulrn r tone or \Vhrne. A
f;;imil::u~· cou rsc to that of the first lef)son should be

pursued till th~ schol.ar knows . the words ~t a
glance, when this nam:zng of the words should ?e
dropped . The questions sh ould not be put till
th e child hrrs read th e lesson .
,
The artic le {l 1s very fref1HCnt1y pr_onou nceu
\"I! r on
~rl ri'~-P\V' 1~: n~1 ar1L1.
Jt s}-101~ ld 110t Le
s~·uri.ded~ .lik~ - a ·in f~te, 'but like the a in t~e
£eco~d syllable of altar. The same . r~mark will
apply to large number of words c?mpound~d
\vith a· such as, about, above, afraid, around,
<itbdy,. &c~ ~ee_ Worcest,e r's Dictionary, for t~ese
rT

a

and
simila·
r words.
...
.
.
,.

. \

LESSONS.
1 ~ -,

'

'

LESSON XI.

x·.

LESSON

girl.
here is a good girl .
she l~Y\~cs to 1vor],, t:/
a11cl sl1e Io·vcs to
reads
good
girl loves lier
...,,

boy. ..
a good · boy loves
tl1e sel100I.
he is fond of l1is
boo le.
he loves to reacl it.
~ .1

{"

~- .~

ili

\ \'hat h ave y ou been read ing about? \Vho is
meant by " ·h e," lines four and six? \Vhat is
meant by "his,' ' line fou r ? by " it," line six?
Poin t-out the emphatic words in the lesson. Will
a · good boy be . tardy at school 1 , Wil~ he. play
while he is going there 1 Will a good boy dirty
or tear his book? \ Vill he talk or make a noise
\n school'? \\Till he mind \Vhat his teacher tells
1 1· ..;1-',1
1o?
'LO u·
\V1"ll J1e ou~"rrJl
}·;
J t.l1 t
r \.·1"th
11 __ c: '}1of·l
i .,
h
"
n
mates, or strike t em ; lJoes G-ud see c.l:nluren ,
when they are in school, and when they are at
play 1 Does he see them wh~n there is nobody
by 1 Does he always see them 1 Does he -love
goo.d boys 1 ~at does the Bible say about ·God .
seemg us 1 The eyes of the Lord are in evezy·
place, beholding the evil ·and · the. good. ' Pro:v ~
\

f

1.i

1

.i......

~1

:xv. 3.

•

~

l.,

•

l,.

...1.

·- _:i

.

t - 1.H.'"~r f!lld...,, -=lier 111otl1er ~,
e~

J .......

~~

she tries to please
she 11e1Ter tells lies.
What haye you been reading about? What .is
meant by "she'' in lines three and fo ur ? ·Poi nt
ou t the emphatic words. Docs rr good girl loye to
.,... work for her mother~ D ocs s he clo 3t once what
~ ;~~ }
.
11
-1
.
.
' '1
T
f=,1 S w 1;; to ,c ) or c oes slH' \ \.;ul a \.\.' i!! . c?
,s a
~

'.,

l

. .

.

1...

•

•

-

•

-gooa. g1rl a .t\"\~C.J'"S 1t1nct ·to .1 ~ cr brothers ·and ·s1s ~
ters 1 Boes: she ever quarrel with · them, or·
strike ·them 1 . Does she ever chase ihe ·chickens,·
or throw stones ·at them 1 Does she ever tell a

ie? · Would God know if she were to teli a lie.i ·
. hat .'does the Bible say about lying? Lie
:ne to another. ·· .Col. iii. 9 . .··

not

.

·a*

3()

31

LESSONS.

~uE_s

pea.

bean.
this pod ha~ peas
in it.
·
beans .gro'Y in po4s
: too.
·
,
4-"Y. . 5o·~•oT'l{r
;ll t..~ .!!ilp._
.
(rQ l,.,l'en
tlh.... t:;
.t.·
· -· ,
· and in the fields.
,
..

hat~
.

,. ,,.

.,.

=-1;~
-.
dB~ :: ·

--:: -

.

~

b u__.._ ~

'

boot.

'.b<>:t!:::'~~:#:t~s a~e ~~~

j

..U. -

. · shoe.

;

hat:.~:-·for ·•. ,the·,··head.

.'

T~

SON XI I 1·.

·th~ :~h:it Jiebps the sun aitd
rain-·frOl11 tl1e )lead.
-·
and Shoes keep ·the

I ~b'OOtS
c ·A

-

··

rt

..,,,,

.

~

-::J

11 ~"r
· :.R~
1·e!J."
·~l!f---(i~ ~~,~1!':1~"11~
\ Vl ta t h. ave yo~ bcen rea c1.mg a·1· out ~! .\Vh
· .a't is
~~
..UL .(a·:--..a.
.J _~lvli
i, 4f,..,Jl. Jt;1.l.,
the meamng of" it," at th e end of t he thud line?
·
..
Point out ---the emphatic. \Yords. \\.,..ho makes
\Vhat have you been reading about ?. H a ve
peas. and be.ans grow? Of what use a~e - t~ey?
you a .h ap )Vlw . gave i~ 1o _yo_u? -Who g~ve
vVhy did God ,make _their flowers _s_o beau_t1ful?
you your shoes? Are not your. parents very
Did he make them s·mell so pleasant to _please us
kind to get. so m a n y good thin gs fo r you_? .
too ? C an 1ve ever be too tha i;ikful for so many'
Should you not be very thankful to them?
£OOd things? \Vould it be -right for us 11ever to ···
\Vhat command has the Bible given respecting
thank God for his goodness'? H ov.' can "\Ve ~~ our _pn.rnnts?. , Honor thy fath e{ and thy 1nol4er,
thank hind _In our prayers. C an we thµnk him .'- m -that.thydays may ·be long upon tl~e .land v/hich
in . any o.ther' · way? Yes; - by· b~ing• always
the ~ord thy God giveth thee. Ex. xx. 12r
good, and heing rkind to ·every body. What does
the ·Bible say ·about this? · Not every one ·that
saith · unto ·me, Lord, :Lord, shall · enter · into 'the
kingdom of-heaven; but he that· doeth ·the wiU
•
-_
of my Father which· is in"heaven. · Matt. vii.-'21. ·~
......

... .

...

LESSONS.

LESSONS.

LE SS.O N XIV.

LESSON XV.

33

sun.
the

I

the

!A -

R1
····'.· .-

II
ii .
~~~

~=
h,.,.1-".""".

;; _,

,

~-r-

• -1·· ·

~-~~

iljj~ .

~ -

ct _
~ ;:_ -r

.Lb!

1-a
_LJ
e:l1t
~"l ...... ~ rri~ - n
v p~
>~ lis Ii
"L.I

;:,

a1_1d _l1eats-.":~

'-.,.i

What have i./·ou been readin g- about new~ . ___ _ L.=------~---------------'
T ell me all yo •~1 have read abot.~t i t. De~c rib.:.> ;;:;:;-;; ..
1 •
,
, •
L-i -,.,
the nictl1re . · r)
,;_: o .\ Tot1 tn1nk
an v tn1n
g W OU1 u •
1~
7
.J_ ~
"J
1
fYiQW \VllllOUt tll'2 l![' lt anct llC~t 01 tDC SUil ·
"'~'O.f,_'A ~ ~-,., tJ; ne-,;-Jl-~ ~ l~u_
,~
c
,
.
>-''---'v l-11.0
~,._,..._,,,_
\'\ ' ho made the _s un? - \Vh en you see its lignt
rn

h en

...

•

"I

-\ •

.

}

_

1

\

"

-

.

n

f

,ll;o.

the morning, should it not make you think ho w
!!Ood an<l how· ['.'reat Goel is? T ell nie 1Yhat else
;-ou !':ee in the 'pic ture besides the sun'? .Are ail
'
tnese t h 1ngs
maue 1_1y (''..TO (J. 2• Jue a l..l rnese umgs
-usefot to u s ? Can we be too thank ful for so
many good. things ? \VoulJ.- it 1Je right 1~r U:>
n ever to thank God for his goodness ? How can we thank 'him ? In our prayers. Can we thank
him in· any other way? Yes; . by being always
good, and kind to everyibody. What does the
Bible saf about this? Not every one that saith
u~to me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven : but he that doeth the will of
my Father which is in heaven. Matt. vii. 21. l

1

1

l

1

}

...._

she takes good care of

'

_-Tell me all y~u .ha1{~ been .reading. about~
What kind of bmldmO" is that _m the picture ·
Is the hen very careful:> of her chickens? _- Dot1s
she ·give them part of all she eats ? ';Vho takes
such care of you ? If your father and mother
had not taken good care of you, would you have
1

34

LESSO?;S.

been alive now 1 · Who provides you with food .·
and clothes, a house to live in, and a bed to slee~
on? Should you not be · grateful to them, then.
Shoulcl you not love them very much, ~nd do
immediately whatever t.h ey tell you? . \V_
1ll God
. love any child that does not obey bis parents?
Does God al\vays know whether we love or obey
them? What does the Bib.le command us to do to
our parents? · Honor thy fathe-r and mother, that
thy days may be long upon th~ land whicluthc
Lord thy God giveth thee. E~. x.x. 12.

'

LESSON XVI.

LESSONS.

e can trot very fast with
a man on his ·back.
Tell me all you have been reading about.
Describe the picture . . . What is standing beside
the horse 1 \Vhat is a pasture? What use ·ao
c make of horses_,{ (lYiake them e'numerate
ll.) Is , it right to-;Jthrow any thing at them?
ow ~hould they bqJ~~reatcd, kindly or roughly ·~
N"ho made the hors ~i;for us ? Why did he make
im so fleet; (expfa;in the word) · for its own
ake, or for ours? . 1: Can we ever be thankful ·
nough for all God's~ favors? Repeat the Bible
erse abo ut kindness to anim_als. (See Lesson II.)

LFJSSON

horse. colt'
see the horse !
what a handsome beast !

35

XVTT~ :

.,

..

uck~

- goose. geese.
ucks<love · to.swim,

. ..

~;

.

-·-:~~~;~{ft?:~~:;;v.: ~~z,~

.,,

": .:. ·..-"' .-"•>:,,.;.__ :.:·'.:· .· ~~··:. "::~:~~> ; ~. :;::·. ::~p'~(.;!;1;'.'ti~;·,,:r~-~"'~-.~~
LtSSONS.

36

and so do ge.ese.
· s ee the duck dive !

~

.

.

·,

~: ...

F: .
~··

~ ·

LESSON XVIII.

What have you .been' reading ·about? Describe the picture. How do you know which are
the geese? How does·a duck differ from a hen 1
By its web-feet, the position of_its tail, and its
broad bill. How do you know which is land
and which is water? . vVhat do . we get from
. ducks and geese? Eggs a!ld -feathers . · How do
,~·e ge• r,... ... hnrs fro·m 1; \'e f::)"""
rr esc- 2 Doe"'
-- o ·p1 ..... k; .... ,. ,.
1
m1'"
l\To
·• t'n l_'.- .r,.,
~'!""
~ • lhtlr·~ ·them
•i :• •
l
.. "' h
.
•
~ •
1 ·-· -•
, i ~ h c ... - ..i
• .._;
t·hr:m
loose jn the summer, and •sould Le shed if we
did no'. J'1nck th•:>m . \Vh .. t ~n \v••
-f'rc,rn th-·1n
·when they ~ire dead? Their flesh and feathers.
J
'
1'
1ue tney riot "".-ery usc:lt11,
tnen
~
h. ouia H oc
right to chase them, or throw any thing at them?
\Vho made them for us? \VjJ(he be-pieased if
've are cruel to them? Hov.- <lo you describe
the fo ot of a duck or go_ose? It i~ called. webfooted. What is the use of the web betWeen
th eir toes ? · Have hen s a web? Can they !:=-'wim ?
\Vho contrived th1s web? Docs every bird that
swirn.s h:ive ~t1ch
a 1v0b
,o t..:- tn·
· t ocs ?.
.
.~
.. ccn tn'_cu
Re p c:at the Bible n:rsc on kindness to animals.
yy

1.

l{JUI..

J.V

l

11.L

I..

.

0

.1..LJ.6

1U.\J

fl

i :,

l .._ I.

~

•·

1

·

r

~

,

.

'-

(Y;'".t
:::'
'-~ ..

'l

•

l ..

~

. . •

1

•

I
I

•

.

1

see the ·bir(l's 11est . a:nd
./

tl1e eE:gs.

the old~·.__, lJirds fe e{l 'tl1e
young ones.
\Vhat have you been reading ~11out?
m e the nest. D id you. en.' r ~!.:C a bird's
Do yon think yon C(.Hi1 cl rn a k~-.: on c a s \';e 11
birds do? \Vfiat clt1 t\if: y nrn1-:r• d1c1n for'?

Show
nc::;t 'i

as the

\Yho
made the birds? · Who taught them to inake
their riests? Do you think he would be pleased
if you were to steal . their eggs or their young?
Would it not be very cruel? . Did you ever hear
birds sing? Who taught them t_o sing? When
do they sing, .do you think-whe~ they a~e happy ·
or sorrowful 1 ·· May we n_ot consider their songs

4

, as hymns, then? Are they good boys, or naughty
'boys, that throw sticks and. stones at the little
birds 1 Do ·you th.ink God will be pleased to see
boys or girl ~. cruel to bir'ds 1 What does the
Bible say about birds? · Are not two sparrows
sold for a farthing? aDd .one of them shall not
fall on the ·ground without your Father. . Matt.

x. 29.

39

LESSONS.

LESSONS.

38

.
'j

count. one at a period. · The ·words and ·ideas ;
become t~us so huddled together, that it is very
difficult to follow, and catch the sense. And,
beside~, th~ read.er, by neglecti"9g. the proper
breathrng places, ,IS forced to stop whe~e. there is
no'. point. Let the teacher, then, insist on a short
but complete cessation of sound at a ·comma,
a cessation of double the length at the other
points, and · this agnin to be doubled at th~ end
of a paragraph, ot' on a change of subject.
\

The child should now revie\v these eighteen
lessons. It will be-well for the teacher to varv
l

tl~i nv

•

0~ ·u· <>
""
,_ ·.::l1
.. 1 \.. u· 11
0 ,

1

I

•

"" "Y J.U
"''-'
J..1.u
A

LiP.
"uv

<:qn-1·e
vvu.•

\
.
v
·~
........
~

, .

•
r:....,
'ort.. > 1..i..v
l,n~·
· ~>t:.c
-1
v u J-"'
•YC,
...,. .;.

f Onstantiy in vie,w, viz., to keep the attention of the pupil awake to the sense of what he reads,
and to accustom h im to draw a mo ral lesson from
•
0_,n the
• secon u;i rend1n!!,
••
cvcr)rt h
1 111g-.
Jt not cone
"t
r
•
•
1:1c10rc , 1t w111 I! C~ prorcr to con:rnencc S}Jdlrn'.Y i
1. c. naming the letters 'Shieh form tlic v;ords.
This shoufcl follow lhc reading as a separate
exercise. _ At .first let the pupil spell on th e ·book ,
anrl \vhen· }1e ran (lo this re a dily , l et him endeavor to recal the form of the word, i. e. ~nell
. l10ut' l 1 00 l~~. A1ways sc lc ct th e words to be
int
spel_led from the lesson that has ju st been . read,
and le_~ this be done without previ<;>us study, that
,the child ma~ form a. habit .of observing the form
.of words while readmg, without which he never
will fo:m a correct speller. .
.
_
1
It. will now be nec-essary for the .teacher to pay
. particular attei1tion to the points. Most · readers
make no stop at all at either . comma semicolon
or colon; they. merely·.' lengihen the s~und of th~
la~t .syllable; and they -stop -not longer t}ian to
•A

1

i

·

l

'-".

~

~

~

~

'°' ..L'i..
1'.T
~

Y
1f , ,....
_,_ .... ..a. _,_._

•

.,

THE BIRD'S ·N EST

,

•

-

i

_ . See
.
the pretty ·bird's . nest ! .This
is the bird's home. · ·
. How·s·ort ·and · warm ,it is ! a~d yet
·ho·w strong the little bird has made
it.
. '

I

J

LESSONS.

Has the bird hands to make its
/
nest 'l ·
.
,.
No. It has nothing but its claws
and ·its bill.
But God has taught it how to mHk~
it. /
. ,•
Ho\v many eggs are H1 tt1c nest_J

Is it right: to take away the eggs of the young t
Who made the birds 1 Will he be pleased if we
are crut?l to them 1 When may we handle or
take away a bird's nest 1 · After the' young ones
have flown. ' Is it right to throw stones at birds 1
Do vou
love to hear birds sin!! 1 \Vho tau!!ht
,,,
them to sing 1 .What does the Bible say about
birds 1 Are .not five snarrows sold for t\vo ' far~

n
J
"tJf .t tT

Gud. - Luke ):ii. 6.

:n,

fl:~;r-.

. y

"11!'1/,~,..

\'V

'L"•~·

nen

, J

.

u1e

--1 ·t-··o ....,_. 1..-nc
u1ru 1-tas l'"':
a.1u
'""
01 uii. v

1 •

1

1
·~
c "~ rno1 . . e , L
\\~'""-!
1.1 : _ ,,,n

r

/

., -

-~1 1.!

!~! i1 ~~1

~ rr-1 ~ 1

, "-·1 1,, " ··' ~

- - -

-

•\....i
- .J
Lllln 0~?
o { anu.

"-"'

..i.

+ VUO_
...,Vl,... Vi
.,,...,J
UV~

¥'< .....

+i_,
, e,.......
.a~~
...rv~r-?:v"ttA
~u·
LU
v
6~ ••~- "L'
6

-u._,, pLfo1~
.,
~
~

1 -"'f;.1;,; -j

h. -- '- ·t

~·

and take a great deal of care of them.
If it is cold, or if it rains, one of
the old birds 'vill cover them 'vith -its
.
\

-

- ·

thern \Vann for a week o r two.
'rhcn the younrr0 ones \vill break t he
shell, and con1e out of the eggs.
The old bir<ls \vill then feed them,

I

"-

41 ·

LESSONS.

40

wings.
.
. :· ·
-· .
So they 'vill be kept dry .and 'varm.

Tell _me all you have been reading about the
~~=~~~;,.--~~wi;·
·
--is be done
by the child very ' minutely, to give h im habits of
obser~ation a?d . exac~~ess.)
S9m_etim~s m~e .
word 1s used instead of·a:notber: What is .This,
in ·the first line, used instead:_ of? · ·This what 1
The word it, end of second p~ra.graph; _the two its ·
in fifth par. ~ them i~ seventh · par. ; it in tenth
par.; they in ·last par.? . Did you ever see a real
bird's nest? Did you observe \vhat it was made

on

It i;vill now be proper for the teacher to tab;
notice o{ an ·i.rrcgulurity in the pronunciettio n of
the letter h in certain cases. His an anoma ly
among letters, being neither vowel nor consonant,
but simply, as \Vebster observes, "the mark of
a . stronger brer,ithing than that which precedes
the utteranc~ of \~ny other letter." . It cannot
sounded without-- some degree of emphasis.
Hence good readers and speakers pronounce it
hardly if al all in the following words, when they
neither begin a sentence nor are used emphatically: he, him, his, her, have 1 had, has. In the
following lesson, all these words come within the
rule, exc,ept at the beginning of sentences.

?e

4* .

.\

~ . i

• . ,_,

.

.-·-

· ._ All

.,.

··° *'l

TH E

G.O 0 D

He loves his father and mother, and
does at once-·what they tell him "to do.

B 0 Y.

\Vhat have you been reading about? \iVhat
do es the book say about John? (As~ the meaning of he, his, him, them, &c., in this and the follnwinrr ]P~«,nns.\ \Vhnt, is thP. mPnninrr nf still ,
•

= :,

j;/

t.....:..:..:..

~

~

,_

.-

•J
o
•

~

fJ!:r :·

4

r ~f ~l~ _~ r~ t p.!1

,...

f

i

o

~

o

0 t

. j .Pj! ttl~-·

t'. . .:

•

t

o

-.

• o

o

r t :_~ ·< ('[!~~ t~;::

liiCtU1t~. 1n:t;nti0nii1:2· C:\~8rv t hi n :.:· r11irjl1t•_jiv .
l~ l L
.J ,
_.
• •c._~
1 : .;
.. ~ ,
· .,
..: •
.' •
t ~:~~ :. r f ; ~;~
L' 'J'/ or ~~r ·~~ t; ; ~ ~ . t , ~ v \ '/ t i o t:U'_ ~ .. ; \'.' !l~ t~ t~ !''
.,

11

~ 1ttL 1r ;lii' l ;.;1u: li n t,: 1J l i i , ~1
E~

I

("rl!!d_ tn

·1
~, :r1 1 {1_;

ur

1

qu:trrci

the g ocHl bo y or

. l
\\· 1 ~ . i

tli~

l

.

111-_;

i

\'/1Jil 1J

:.t

goJ111 \'

I
')
~· c.no( 1 1 ·· 1 n :1t r · _~::
l

'
i~

1. t

L:id Loy tli'.J.t Uo cl lores '?

I . l .l
'
Jrn l' .S r1
u oc l :se c: c 11
i lure n 1.v!lcn
t )11 cv arr .· :1t sc 1l n ll 'i .

'I

., .

.

-{.

;..

.

Little John Brown is _a good boy.
Jle has just corne home froin school.
He is reading his le$s on to hi s father an<l 111other.
.
His father has been 'vriting, but he
. has stopped to hear John read. ·
· John .is . ahvays still in school, and
mirids \vhat he is told to do.
He never strikes any of the boys
or girls, but is k~nd and pleasant to
/
. them all.
.
John keeps his book and his clothes
neat and clean.

and when th ey arc playing ? Docs Goel alway~
: r·c u.:; ? Does lie :ilway s hear \V li a t we say?
Does he love to se c child ren happy? \Vhat do cs
the Bible say tlbout G od hearing and sccrng us ?
He that pb.nte<l the ear, shall he not hear? He
tha t for med the eye , shall he not see? P ~ alm
xciv. 9.

..
'

~ESSONS.

L'E!5!0NS.

hay-field, and ride home on a load of
hay.
Oh, how swee_tly the hay smells !

LESSON X-XI.
T H

~;

S I ST E R

·~

.
iii

\\'hat ha vc you Lt:cH rt:a<ling aLuul '? Des5
cribe the picture, telling who lives in each house
II the ·number 9f doorsi windows; chimneys, &c.:
· ~-·
rri
c.-oc,.-,
····· 0~
· f •t.!..tL," S k··
-" ~-. . . , m -nt C1-·1:1 l1S
~
- --~~ h::>
t__..v ....
• #v "• z anp!'.la.,.<>n
! ' ,.....,. "' ...... ~t..#"·'
. _Y l~.-t
!!!!!!!!!
r;f l h f> fnt-;(',.-, !i.~('
!n
a·
1?
n
~
!;.- ~.:......,.
~vt;' '"-...· ...... ~ ,
,;,. ..l_.flr!('
•.,.. ~ ~I
b"-'J~ /..;iri.
L 0 JO U
~
t111nh: bl1 e ever te 1 lS ilcs:
1..x_uarreh with her sis?.
I
,
.
,
,
,.
(I tt.:r . s lt ng11t to uo s ucn tnrngs?
Can she Le
E cJllcd ~ good. gi~l who <loes such things '2 Do.-.,
~ :.l good b id _,. al ways do irri;nediatel y v.d1at her
~ father and m .o thc.r tell her.?. ·.'_\Vi.11 she take her

I

J

('(Ar(1

...... .&.

--

Jane -Smith is . a good ·girl. She
11as'I a sister called l\'lary, 'vhom she
loves vcr•/ 1nuch.
'I'hey ahv.ays go to school _together .
T .ook at the picture, ap.d you ·will
..'

;

.

....

'
':" :-'

,,

~

7->~.-

c.~·

~~~{
;~·

,.

...
.

;see the-- farm-house where they live.
The h~_use, ~a Ettie way ?ff is ~here
th~ir cousins ~gn~s' and John live. · .
You can·~ee Jane and Mary walking arm in arm. They are going to
pay a visit to· their cousins . .
After tea·, they will go out to the

.

,-- '.

, ......

sister's pla.vthings witho·ui lea\·c?
\Vill she
take any.thi~g th~t does not belong to her without
leave 1 How does a go od girl trea t animals-is
she l{ind or cruel to them ? Is it right to be

cruel to them? \Vho do you think feels the happiest, the good girl, ·or the naughty. girl? Can "~
2ny one feel happy \Vhe n th ey a'r e naughty?
Can a quarrchorne child feel happy? \Vh~t
does the Bible _say aboµt brothers and sisters loving one another? If a man say, I love God, and
hateth his brother, he is a liar : for he that ioveth not his brother, whom he hath ;seen, how can
he love God, whom· he hath not seen i And this
commandment have we from him, That he who
loveth God, love · his brother also. l John · iv.

20; 21.

i~2;i;~'i& '~·>'-~:':.-;~·«¥-,3~~tk~iMt.~'t~~~~t,:~~{~l-i;t~~F~1·~·., . .
\

LESSONS.

46
.

'

'

LESSON XXII.
.
TH·E

-

SEA.

j

LESSONS.

All the rivers ·in. the \Vorld run into
the se.a "; but they ·n:ever ·make _it fresh.
The sea is _a beautiful sight.
Its \Vaters are constantly .heaving.
They are never still, like the water
in a pqnd. ·. . "
\Vhen .the \Vind blo\vs, there are
great -. ~aves . 'i_n the ..sea, \vhich · look
very gra~d. ·· · -~?
.

~

you

Here is a picture ot t_he sea. Do
·you see the DHU1 rO \ V in g the boRt ?
H e has been fishing , and is no'v
going ho1nc.
He has some large fish in . his boat.
Great numbers of fish , live in ·the
sea, son1e of thern very large.
That little tliiug you see at a <listance is· a slooo.
If you -,ver~ near it, it ·\ vould appear as . big as a house.
· Every thing at ~ distance . looks
small.
·
The sea ~ater is not good· to drink
It is very salt .and bitter.
.
-

.

' .

..... ·.

·.~',-

I

u

What i1a ~e
~.b;en. r~auing about 1 Describe
the picture., (.See" that the child notices everytl:in;;, wuve~. !-:doo1\ clouds, birds, seats 1n the
l.Joa t, oars , &c.) \Vhut is the use of sloops an<l.
ships? ·To · carry people . and goods from one
By
l
•
•
t~1c: \'.'rnd. .JiO'.vm; 0:1 rn~ sn. J. :; .
r\r 11~t go r,;c thrng:';
do \·;c rrc t out of t11c ~c~ a? \Yho made the sr:a
;rnrl fili~d 1t 1vith iish for 11s? How should \i;c
feel when we see, or when we think of the sea ?
. \Vhat does the Bible say of the se;z? They that
go down to the sea in ships , that do business in
:.zrcat W:1tcrs; these see the WcHks of the Lord,
·o
1 .
' -••
')')
'> •
~nd h1s wonders in the deep. l :-;aHil cni. ,_ .J, - ·.±.
pbcc to another.
•'

'

' } •

•

How are they moved?
I

•\

\TT J

1

~

r

~ ....

t

. ·~·.

~

- .. ;,. i:' i.
-...,·

.

'-· ,. ·
) .,·

LES~K!.

. .

.
I

LESSON XXIII.
THE. FARMER.

~'°''.,. ~.~: .,_

··:us·soN-s-c.,

brings back clo_th, aqd tea, and a great
many other useful things.
And so we as~ist one another. We
can never· get along well \Vithout
assisting e,ach other .
.. Let us learn to be kind, then, \Vhen
. G~d wiil love us, and every Lody
\vill love us, if we are kind to each
other.

..

_;.r.

;:::

.•·;. . . .>-, .

/

See the farmer at work 'vith his
plough!
This plough is drawn by horses,
but sometimes they are drawn by
oxen.
At a distance you can · see a ship
sailing on the sea.
What a useful life the farmer leads !
We get our beef and pork from him,
wheat and corn for our bread, and .our
butter and cheese.
We should be .badly off without
the farmer.
/
Sometimes we send our beef and
corn over the sea in a ship, and it

\Vhat have you been reading about? Describe the picture. \Vhut arc the horses doi ng ?
Are horses ·' .used for anything. else ? For what
are they useful 1 Would it be right to be cruel
to such useful creatures? Who made them for us?
Would he be pleased ~f we were cruel to them ?
Whic~ V{i~l ·'?:e .~he : h~ppi~st child, .the one that
lives entirely for himself, or the one that always
tr~es to please his !riends and playm~te~ 1 Which
will be most pleasmg ·to Gqd 1 Is .1t right · to be
cross to each- other 1 .Will God love a cross
child r Can a child be happy while_ he is cross 1
Does God hear ever~thing that a child says 1
Does he see everything that he does 1 What
does the Bible say about this 1 · The eyes of the
Lord are in every place, beholding the evil and
the good~ Prov. xv. 3.
5

•.

.

41

~ONS .

LESSON XXIV.
TH 'E LIE . .

•

Oh Fanny, Fan~y !- how ~ould you
tell a lie ~ . · ' ·. ·. · ·.
·
Her mother said no more, for she
did not think that .Fanny would tell a
lie-.
· ·So ~he 'got a cloih, and wiped up the
ink. :_
.
.
. .
But it left i(_,§f!d ~tain on the table.
<

. Little ·Fanny· has just ~ome, home
from school.
·
S11e. put away. her cloak and her
bonnet, and _then·:she began to look for
a ·book to read ~ '·
·
- ·~ut · ii~ getting · the bqok, ..she upset
the :_.jnk.st~tid, and the ink was spilled
oq the table. ' ·, , -,
·when her mother came in, : she
a~ked Fanny who had spilled.the .ink.
· And Fanny said, she did. not ·know.
,•'

-

<-~~:

.

What have you b,e'en reading about 1 Who is
- mean t' by" she" jn -th'~ second sentence 1 .. "\Vho is
. meant by "she" in · .t he last sentence but one 1
What d_oes the s.eca,nd 'w ord in the fourth se'ntence
. mean r "_,, W hat .,is an , inkstand 1 - Wliat was
Fanny. doing when ·she upset ' it 1 'What would
be the color of the stain on the table 1 Wa.s
Fanny a ca~eless girl 1 ·.How did. she show her
:· carele5sness 1 Was she a good or a wicked
· girl ?" Why do you call her . a wicked girl?
\Vhy did she tell the lie? She was afraid of
be ing p unished for her carelessness. Did she
•h~ni,..
0"'"
...0t.t
,. ,.,,.
,• r·•1'
i 1
n. no
t 't G
•, hnC! .
,, d_ ..,n
u • ....
"" 0"'"'
' .lJ t:• S"6
. G • h"·
1 \_, ! 'i
Are.li a rS gene.rally .found out 1 :6oes God know
everything that we . say, or do, or think of?
Would _ Fanny feel _pleasant or unhappy ;after
telling the lie 1 Did she offend more than hne
person '· by it 1 )'.es: she ,deceived' her mother,
and disobeyed God.. . What does the Bible say
about lying 1 Lie Iiot to one another. Col.· iii ~ 9.
~

Ji

j

!

'!-

'

.

When she -had done . this, she felt
quite -- happy; atid ·thought: sbe -never
would teU a lie again.
.
·
.

-

LESSON XXV·.
THE LI E-(coNTINUED.)
Fanny was so sad all· the .eyening,
that her mother thought she must be
Her mother showed· her some pretty
pictures, but n~thing could _a m.use her. _/
Her little brother brought . h~r his
'!.U"'~"'"" on;J clarl ·but ~hP. '\.Va~ ~tlll i;;Arl
So her 1nother took -her to bed.
But poor 1'~anny coul<l not go to
Tf

Q.~

VJ..1 Ul U

OJ.'-"'-..&' ~

u ..... .....,

~ ~ p•
S'l\;tJ

·-

""

._,

..._,, ..........

._ _ _ :

.

She kept thinking how she had
deceived her kind mother.
Her moth er c arne into her roorn
before she \Vent to bed, and found qer
------crying.
· -,t'V hat ails you, my dear child ?
e
vh} n1otner, saaal _tt anny ~ T
_.._ }1ave

,, ".')1·
.::ic...

-

t~· :
t~
,...~~t~,
· :~--- -.

't'

•

~

been.very naughty. _
So she told her mother all that she
had done~
/ · .
·
Her mother forgave her, and kissed
her, and told · her to ask pardon of
God.

{: -

·~

cl

~ l...
10
.l l -' •
r-. ""

.,.

What have y9u been reading abo,ut 1 What
made Fanny feel . so bad? Did she tell her
moth.er what she had done 1 Would · it not have
= .t ·: cn . .. . 'r _, ~ i :l t. --- :..,.., -• ~--•?
1.lTn
... 1,1
...., ... ;
• , vu.•'-4
,-,o• 1~~\ nr.nv . havA bec11 11:.ucll liaplJier if s11.:;. lidCl
==_
·
<lo~;;~· :;., Wa~ :fr ti'ot ·fo~lish· F_anny ·be'
afraid of . ·1~Hing-J1er
~bput · the ink 1
\Vhen we hav'e· :dorfo~ wrong, i~ h· alway~ 'best to
confess it to oU.r. p-aren.ts ? : Do. :t~ey :Jo.v~ t<;> p'un!! ish us 1 Is it;f9r our good;"or -fo( :t}ieirs, that
ii
they punish us 1 What does the Bible say about
E!!!
..
: .,_
"1
_.
;;;;;;;
·
-,.,,--n•........... .,~l'""
tl·.....
·._.1,.• · "'~··•' l•••·a1·:,_,_
;:. n ? TT
nu u1a .
!J<tlC: H::> ~au5
~narPth h!s rod , hateth his son; but he that lov~th-him chaste~eth. him betimes. · Prov. xiii. 24.
ti:tt~r

~o

~vf~

t~J ;H1

~\.J

t'. ~~

!~,

in·

I

·1

!1~1

to

mother -·

'!'

- ·

•

•

~

-

..~

~ ;.

lHA>££•>l

'

.

.

Ii
Hi

""1

:c

L E S S 0 I~ :XX -v I •
T H E ·B I R D ' S N E S T .
1- "t ~·1 ! l__]l J ·1 n1 {':;.;:~ \ .., "r· (' t. '\' 0 b .. 0th~
'T'h0v
hHfl
a- - sister caHed A... ;.,,.,gnes
- -":" - J
-- -

-ll?
n n
J.:__ \ j_,. {_,,,
..._ ,._ • "\..

(

!!!

( .

! l

_

.

W°

'--l -

-'

I

...._

.

ers.
· One fine evening . th¢y took a .:w~lk
into 't he· fields~ . Frank wa·s .. drivuig
his .hoop, and.·J. ames a·n d Agnes w~te:
· picki.n g flowers.
·
Oh; look here ! look here ! cried
-~

6* '

.J

·'

LESSONS.

LESSONS.

Agnes ; come here and ·see what a
"beautiful bird's nest I -have found. /

so· the

boys ran to their. sister to

see ·the nest.

_/

'·,.;;-

eggs will .s~on be . hatche~, . and . then
how~plea~ed the old birds will be. I
love to hear them _
s ing. I ~ould not
. harm ·them on any account. · · ·
So the children went home, and
told thejr mother' 'Yhat thE1Y ~ad ~see~ ;
an~ their niothei}~ . told therii. they .·, had
do~e r~ght.
~'.

-..

\ . · :; .

#

'

· . . ;:-~~
•

•

')·~}t

'

wh.:1 bJV~u be,;h reading .a bout?

,

'

..
,,, Oh, ·w hat n pretty nest ! said
Frank , only see the little eggs.
Le~ us take it ho1ne, and shov1 it to
mother, said James.
. Oh,_- no, said ·Agnes : that would
be cruel. After the poor little birds
have taken so much pains to - make
their nest, you would not take it away,

...

:·

· Describe
_t~e pictur_e; ,..~: . ,;.~ )~p_'ii.Frank .1,· _Ho.w _ ~~ ,y ou know _
__h1m;f~o~l~~~s}_i·1.~9! n.t out .~n~ .~eU- ~~e -na~es of
the otlier'two children~ _ 'What _1s the mean mg of
'1 h'arm them'. art.any account," last paragraph but
o~e.1_ :.ls it,tight_ t~ take a\vaya bird's nest_? · Would
it make the birds s'uffer ? vVho made .the .birds?
iiiii · \Vill he· be: ple.~sed if vo·u injure · th~m? Is it
!!!!
rio-ht .to ·take the . '"·oun;/ bifds? Arc birds fo ncl
b
J
~
- of their young ? How would your father and
mother feel, ·if some monstrous creature were to
earn· -i.'o
u a\Yav,
for its vourw to 1n,lav with?
.J
.....
'\':\Th e• doe"'
•he
B;b!
o ~ <HT ~ h oPt
i\ ,.e nnt
.t
u .. h; r d <:: '2
five sparrows · sold for two farthings ? ~ and not
one of them is forgotten before -God. " Luke
xii. 6•
.,!

-; .,

.

.ft-A\.-!_, ~,

" .J

~

L t~

J.

.• l.V

&JV!;.,

~ ....J

0

.,

,._,1 "

~J

~

,,/;.-!!.

..,,__; ... _
.. ..

·"''.
. ,-

would - you~
r~

..

No, no, said Frank.

.-T hese pretty
/

;'), ..-,,~--~~:.~..

.

.

LESSONS.

.."

LESSO-N xxv11 ·.
THE SKATING PARTY.

--- ~ -.....

·-

-r;- ,..,,°[._?.,·~ : ;=-.: ';: ~:--·_,:; :;·: ·-:~;<··:~·,~·,·: . ,~:,..~~~~j(S."
'

.

a rougq, bad boy, who · took delight
in seeing others unhappy. i ·
At last this bad boy was taken
sick; and ·suffered ·s o much that the
doctors thought he would die.
Wpile . he Jay o.n his be.cl, in great
pain , he bei:ran to be trouhh~d a bout
the ~riy ~e. -had . . used t~eorge and the
other hoys.
_
··
·
li'ur his 1nother had often told hi1n ,
hnt
·,uo' ulrl
!l}:P ~orl
t ... a. hJ•,., .;1'1'..,J·~L-erlnpcn
u... u
u

. ' " ..
nngry \V1tn lllnL
~

.

George lived in a pleasant village
near the sea.
Behind the village there 'vas a pond,
full of fish, where the boys used to
bathe in sun1mer, and skate in winter.
· George was very fond of both ; and
·would . often go. there with his playmates after school and on holidays.
But there was a big boy , in the village, called Bill,- who. was always
teasing the other boys. . And this
naughty boy would often drive George
away from the porid.
·
·
Poor George tried hard to please
him ; but nothing would do. He was
j

..
'- •
\,

,~-

.-...·

:

.

!.
/

\.......'~;:,

.

Ti

m
'

'l..4oAli.'-"

~

'.4.

.

·l Vhile ho \Vas strong and well, he
woul<l not mind \Vhat his mother told
hin1 ; but, no\v that he was \veak and
in pain, he began to be afraid.
So he begged that George n1ight

be sent for.
When (j-eorge came, and saw his
tor~entor in such pain, he . was very
sorry for him.
Going up to his bed, he took his
hand, and said to him, I hope you
will soon be better.
'
Will you forgive me 1· said the sick
boy.
Oh, yes ! said George ; I freely-for-

.-· .,.

~

'

__
,...

.~ .~~r,~~r~ T~~;;·g:~"l.7:~·:: 7:7~:,f::· --~:" ~<·,l::-~~/.; : :-i .-.~,
l)8
.
LESSONS .

i;~~~~:~:'.:~,,,~ ~"· ,< :~:~~~'·i:''.: ::·"~··,·~i·,- - ~. -..--·., . ..:=?\> -

f ,

·t..it~~io:N~.

give you, ar_id shal.l be~ glad to see you
. at play again.
·
.
This painful sickness was a good
lesson for this naughty boy .; for' when
he got \Vell, he left off ~!l ·his naughty

LESSON XXVIII •
.

-

.

THE PASSIONATE GIRL.
~

LJ
A

vVhal ha.VB v ou been reading about ? .iJe:::· SS
cc!bc the plct~Jyrc. \Vh:i.l are the t'.vo boys in ~
the fo rerrro und. J.oing? \Vhat is the rnc:aning of ~
the vrn~d s, b:i th-playm a!.cs--holidays, in the ~;J
third sente nce '? te<Js.ing, in the fourth f torme-nior 1
in the elevcn:h ~ \\Thich do you think would be <:'='
the happiest boy, George or Bill? \Vhich woulcl
Goel love most? \Vbich v;ou ld be most l o ved by
his parents? By the othAr boys 1 \Vas it best
for 9-eorge to forgive . him? \Vould youforgive
a boy .that had ·treated you so? When do we
feel happiest, when we forgive those that injure
us, or when we keep our anger against .them?
· What"does the Bible say about forgiv·e ness? . Then
came Peter .to him, and said, .Lord, how oft shall
my broth~r: sin against me, and. I forgive him ?
till seven tirries? J~·sus saith unto him, I say not
unto thee, until seven ·times; . but until seventy
times seven . 1\1att. xviii. 21, '22. For if ye
forgive men their trespasses, your h eavenly
F ather will also forgive you; but if ye forgive
not men their trespasses, n_eitber will your Father
forg ive your h'espasse·s. ..~Matt. vi. 14, 15. · \Vho ~
'does Peter mean by" my brother?" All mankind.
Vfhy is everybody calfed our brother? Because
we are all children of. our heavenly Father.
Who is our h~avenly Father 1

Ji!

iJ

l!

...,

Jane . Norris ~/ was a good . scholar,
and loved her parents,:and her brother
and sisters! . But she had :one great
fault. ~he would often allow herself:
to get angry ,about trifles .·
She had a brother, named Thomas ;
an elder sister, nan1ed Eliza ; and on e
you_n ger thai:i herself, narned l~'Iary.

Jane's mother tried. very ·hard to
break; Jane , of the habit of getting ·
angry ,; . but it \vas· all in vain '; for.Ji.er

~ ·

'

·•

.

I

I

'

passion would show itself on every lit-

tle. occasion..
..
..
.One day Jane and ·-E liza were playing in their ·moth~r's room. · Eliza
took up Jane's doll, and, after playing
with it for ~ few minutes;· let it "fall,
and broke its little arm. ·
Now this · was a mere trifle, · and
could easily have been .mended. · But
Jane: · a s USUal, . fte\V into
'pass.ion, and, ' snatching .· up

a violent

a.bunch

I
•

I

_ ____::_
of keys , struck her sister on the fore- §
p
heu.d.
h;
Eliza inst antly fell , and , strikin cr Q
her head ngain st the foot of her 1noth~ ~
cr' s easy chair, cut a great gash in it, I
which soon covered her face and dress
with blood. · ,
.
But ho\\t did· ·Jane·-'feel, when she
.
sa\v h er sister in· so dreadful a stat e ·?
She screan1ed aloud. She thre\v her- ·~
~-

·;

~.

..

.~~l~~~odv~~rh;;;,:~(:
t~j:~:r~k~~dhz,a~~~ m
.9nly on·e -,vord." ,.. ·. ·._ _.. · · _,. _:

= ·

~ord,

... £··. ..

•

-..f_,

:·- ·

-

.

_'.Poor

But~ ' alas -! "tliis .c9uld n6t be·. :
Eliza,was :senseless;· arid .could -nei.t her
h~a:r-:n·
~r " se·e - her foo}ish·
;sister. '. ;" ·
..
.
I

.

.

\

'

Her mother- and_.sister._were alarmed by _Jane's c1~1.es~ . They rµshed into .
th~ ~JOOm, . and li(t~d " Eliza .up, and
placed h~r on the bed.
.' . .
Her wound was . bound up, an4 th.e
doctor \~as sent .for. B~t it was many
d?-JS before it \Vas knov;n \Vhethe'r she
would live or die.
', Oh, . how -:dreadfully must .Jane
have felt as long as her' sister's · iife
-was iri. ' d~nger-; - Sl)e vo~ed· .never to
give ':t.vay to passion agai n .
B ut all her good r esolutions could
no t re~tore :Eliza t o her funner state,
She got \vell ; lr 't she carried the.
mar ks of her \vound to her grave.
I f ever Jane fe lt inclined to pas-

sion again~ a glance a_t })er sister' s
_face, or· even the thought _o f it; would
instantly .cure her.
.
.·
·
What have you b een reading ab out? Describe
the picture, and poi n t ou t w h ere Jane struck E liza,
J.Ild '\Yh~ t 1r ottnJe <l i1cr l1 +:- r1J.l \ v}-1c1
she ft_dl .
H~w do ., peopl~ ' loo~ ' w~ en . t4ey'. __ ~,r.e a_ugi:y?
Ho~. do_P.~-<?ple _ff3el ~hen th~y~~:re ·angry 1· If
-~ane had be~ii' ' told, ~ ihat she would'' alriio'st kill
her;: sister/ would:- she .. have :.believ:e~ :. ,it-1 . -"~()w .
did ·: s_
4e feeL.a(ter she.-:bad -..dcl,nejt 1 ,, D~cttbis ·

accident

~--~

-.,
.

I

cure her
or her. ang~r 1 ...Would
i~- have
6
.
..

.~ .

been better if she had. cured herself _before she
had · done it? If a· person was
prevent his
anuer once, would it be as difficult to prevent it
ne~t time ? Would it beco.me · more and more
easy 1 Does auger do good to any one 1 Does
it hurt ourselves, and make us feel badly 1 Does
it make all our friends feel disagreeably? Does
anger offend God 1 Is it right or wrong, then,
to be angry,1 Will it be as easy to cure ourselves of being angry, by and . by, as it would _be
now 1 What should we do, then 1 "\Vhat doeSJ
the .Bible say about ·anger 1 Cea?e · from anger,
and forsake' wrath: fret ·not thyself in' any wise
to do eYil. P~alm xxxvii . 8 .

to

•l

LE .SSON XXIX.
DECRIT ~·

,,'·

.rl·

r(- ~
,._.\

[-:-:

·..

But Ira ·was not ·very. fond of his
book. ~e I.iked better to be at play, ·
,o.r strolling .1.n the· ·fields? picking bernes, or chasing ·hutterfhes .
. "Ira had t\vo sisters and a brother.
But they ~,vcre a good deal older than
h~ was, and d,id not gy to the s,a1ne
schqol. , They '\Vent to an Academy.
: ·One_ fine d~y, when the sun shone
br_ight, : Ira .~sked his mother, if he
. . . . · might take his little basket, and carry ·

.·
II
~,.

so1ne dinner to school.

. .His

was . always willing -to
pleas·e .him. · . So ·she '"p.u t some cake .
~~;some bread and biitter in his basllut naughty Ira did not intend to
go to school. He had seen some nice
stra\vberries in a meado\v the day before; and he thought, ho\v pleasant it
\Vo.~ ld be to spend the day there.
had riot ·gone far;· befo~e· :h~ saw
John Reed going to · school.· . So . he
called hin1,· aud show-ed him-his cake,
and asked .hi'm if.· he .· would .go with
hlm .. ·
.
.
· ·. ·
"John was as naughty a boy as Ira.
·H e said at once that he would go.. ·

He

....

\:
r-"·

~{" \ .
:·.

I

'·

'\.

. I~a w~s a little b9y ,· abo~t. six years
old~ -· His .mother ·sent'. .him ;to school
to learn. io •:tea-d.~ · · ·
·

mo~her

-

· ·These boys thought . that no~ody· ·
would see them. · But .the meadow
was near the Academy, and Ira's
brother saw him several mes f~om
the window. And when · he · went
home, ·he told his mother what he had
seen. ·
,
. .
.
Ira's mother called him, to ask why
he had -not been to school.' But ·he_/
stoutly-denied . t~~t ·he· had· not- been
there. ·
.. ·
·· ·
His mother was very much grieved.
One·of her.boys, she knew, must have
.told ·a. lie ; and she was afraid that Ira
had · done more-that h~ -had _wilfully
deceived her-.that he ha<l not intended
to go to ·: scho·ol. . · · · ·
So she sent to the teacher; nnd, to ~
rn
her g~eat sorrow·, fohn<l that her f e~rs
. were too true . .

tf

l'r

What haJe you been reading ah?ut 1 Deser-ibe
e ~-e.. .Wha~ ~s t_he meaning.of" ~tro mg,"
1n second paragraph 1 "wilfully," in last but one 1'
Why ·was:_lra's mother st.ire _th_at one. of he~ boys
mus_t have told a lie 1 -W)iat .was the great sin
that Ira committed 1 ·De·ceiving his mother, by
pretending to go, to school. .. What other sin did
it lead to 1 · Does . one sin geiierally · 1ead -to . an·
other 1 Caµ· we sometimes de~ei ve our parents _1
.J

'

C~ti we -ever ~e~eive Go'd 1 · Did· God hear Ira
~nd Jo.h ? contriving to. ~e~eive ~~eir parents? Is
it ever. right
any
b h to try
• to deceive
.
. . one 1. Can any·
pers~n e . appy., \~hile he is 'deceiving people?
Do you think Ira. felt happy in the strawberry
field 1 Do . you ·thmk he felt' any fear of· bein()'
fo~nd out?; Have we always ~ear - when ·\ve ' kno'~
we are domg · wron~? Can. any one be ·h,a.ppy
when they are afraid ·o f. berng 8een or heard 1
"\Yho shoul~ you think felt most pleasant, Jr~
am_ong . the s~rawberries, or the 'boys in school? .

Ho': · did. I;r~ .s .~other feel wh~n . he was fc:>und
out· Is it ngh~ to make our kmd P!lrents feel
so. ~adly
Which· was best for Ira's mother to
· do, · to -·punish J:iim, or to '- let him 'go? Which
- woul~ be 'best for I~a 1 . Would he . be as-Jikely
to -~ct w:rong _afterwarqs, .if she ..·punished him
when sh~ f~und ~im _o ut? Whe_n parents or
teachers pu!li~h children, i~ it for · their o~vn good, -·
. or for the -_g?od of· th.e children? · Do you think
any ~ody hkes. to pum~h? What does the Ilibl'e
say about deceit? He that worketh deceit shall
~1_ ot dwell in my [God 's] house: he thnt tclleth
· lies
shall not tarry
in my sic'11t
r' ...,. ci· • ,.,., •
.
""'
b
•

t

1

"

THE. LITTL·E -MISC.HIEF-·
MAK-ER . .
~-

·.Mr. _j ones ·fiad fou~ ch.i ldren, Em- ·
ma~ Thomas, George, and Jane . .~see !
6*

.

F ";<r;:-;:· *:-;: ~· -':-~ .. ..• .,,;,: ; :": :-.. -:.\. -.. •• •<_.. . . , . '.· -.p . :-,
66

LESSON?.

..
I

LESSONS.

.;

·: . ~ ~· .. : : : . . :

67

Does George like to see children
vexed and unhappy 1 It looks as if it
\Vere so.
One fine day', George \Vent to visit
his cousin Charles. He found Charles
. at play, with a nice, ne.W \Vh.e elbarfOW.
His fat her had bought it .for
him, the day before. .
They played ,?- little while \Vith . it,
'vhecling it by turns. ·
By and by, they sa\v a little boy
'valking along the road. Oh, come,
said -George, let us go and frighten
Torn.
Fright~ri hi1n ! . said Charles ; \vhat
Em ma, and Thomas, . and . George
'vou Id you do that for 1
go to school. rrhey ar~ pretty good ;~
0 h , ~ for fun , to h c sure ! said
scholars, and fond of their -book~.
George.
But George has one very great fault.
For fun ! cried Charles ; I don' t
l-Ie loves to tease and vex his pl ay- • see ·what fun it \Voul<l be to frighten
"fellows.
• the poor fell ow.
He often hides their playthings, and
Oh, you '11 see what fun I '11 have,
then goes round pretending to look for .
said George.
them. At other times, when they are
So, just as the little hoy came opat play~ _ he will go :slyly behind them,
posite the gate, George darted out ·
and hit them a slap on the heaa, and
with his wheelbarrow, as if he ~~s
then walk away as if nothing haQ. hapgoing tQ rrin over · him.
. ... •
pened.
To1n ran, but, hearing George fol:-

there they are <:t-ll in their father's
. room. Thomas is reading ; the rest
are listening.

··
·

LESSONS.

low him, he screamed out, and fell at
full length in the· road.

Their n1other .knew nothing of these
naughty ways. For they always took
care to go home to their meals when
school '\Vas out, as if they had been
there.

\ .

.
What have you been reading about?

Describe

th~ picture, naming the pe.rso~s, and no~1crng
every article to. be seen. It IS nght for children
to tease each other ? · Is that the w ay to be
loved? Is that the way to be happy? \Vill God
be pleased 'vith such conduct 1 ,Does he tak.e
1
notice of what children do to one another? Is It
not co\vardly to frighten small boys? ·_' H ow do
you think George \\'_ould feel, if Tom \~as hur~ by
his faJl, or by the \Vhe elbarrow runnrng agarnst
him? \Vas this doing as we would be done by?
What does Jesus Christ say about this? All
thino-s \Vhatsoever ye would that men · should do
to y~u, do _ye eve~ so to them ; for this is the
law and the prophets. · Malt. vii. 12.

LESSON XXXI.
1"T1
j_ 1{'
_
..L T
.I. T
..L:A

.

69

LESSONS.

rI" p U· .a.
'~ .i
i\.i
"\ rr Q
.A. \,

.A.

"-J •

"

John $mi th was about ten years of
age. He" had a sister, named Jane,
about ~ne year youn~er.
~
·
Their. mother sent t~errf to. school
every. day. But .sometimes, 1pstead
of going to school, they would .\vander
ahout the fields~ and play.

I
a

..

- One morning, as John and Jane
. 'vere going along to school, they met
Bill Jones: Ile had a litth~ basket of
cakes in one hand, and his reading
book in the other.
Come, said Bill, school has not begun yet ; let us go into the .woods,·
and piGk sorne flowers.
So he ran into the school-house ~nd .
left his · book, and then they all three· ·.
\Vent to the woods.
..~-·:
:~

.

~-

-

'. µssoNs.

But, while , plck~ng .their flowers.,
they for got the schoo.I ; and, when
they came out of the woocl, they 'vere
afraid it would be toolate to go.
Never mind, said Bill ; let us go
down ·10 the brook,- and sail boats.
.
But we ·h~ve . no~ . got any boat, said
John.
··
..
~
.~
_;
Oh! I know where to find. one, said
BilL J ohrr Thoma~ has. got · a· nice
one. Ile 'von't · kno\v that \V e have
h e- io a t srohonl ·'
~
t "l'"'I" it fnr i;
I!!
So these naughty"· children .\vent
over t o l\'l r . .T hornas' s, and t ook iiitie I
J oh n '-s boat out of the yard.
I
They then \Vent to the brook, and
played there till school was out. .
· See! there they are! Bill ·Jones is
in the brook 'vi th the boat, arid John
Srr1ith and his sister are playing on
., -ban 1c
tnc
t . .A.. "i.. '\J.

A_

'

u l.

0

\.....

lo,_;

V'"

V

''truants?" Did the Smith children ,deceive
their mother? "\Vould. they have done so. if they
bad known that God saw them? Did God see
them? Where did Bill Jones ·get the boat 1
. Had they any right to take it? What is stealing? To take secr~tly,, without the consent of
the owner . . Did they ·steal the boat, then? What
were the two ·s ins , these children committed?
Deceit, and stealing/ Did · the one lead to ,the
other? What is tl{e Bible commandmen~ about
stealing? ·Thou .
not steal. Exod. xx. 15.

·stfah

J~JflSSON ·

J. •

I

What have you been reading about? Describe . the · picture, naming the children, and
pointing out everything t~ bf see~ . What does
the wor~ " there " · stand for, end 6f third paragraph? . What is the · meaning . of "won't," last
paragraph · but three? . What is the use of the
· apostrophe · there? What -is the ·meaning of

.

Q
,.__I

l .l
..A......A

A

n

_,....._,

T l'J
....&....

._

•

.

XX XI I ..

r.. n () "\V N .
-

-

-

~ •

•

,,

H ILL '
...

Mother. ~:l ary, dear, \vhy did you
strike J ohr{ 1·/·
.
'
Jr1ctry (crying.) I-le \vould not do
·w hat I t old him t o do.
jJI.otlu'?' . \Vhat. did yon tell hin1 to

do 1 ·
,Mary. I · toJd him to take Bil~
Lee's .s led, for us to slide down . the .
hill with~
Mother. Why did you not take
the sled, ~ ohn 1
- ..,.,.

John . . It was Bill's sled, and he
was not there.

Mary. ~ill woul~ _never_have known ·

.

it.
· Father. · But \vould it have been
right to take what w.as not yours 1
Mary. No, sir. I believe I was
'

wrong.

; Father. You -were t\vice \Vrong.
I~ · was wrong to tell John ·to ·take
Bill's sled, and it J \;as \V_rong to strike
~-. . .....-.lm.-::--1 . . i-s :lw-a-y-s
'-remg- for -ch·:-i·- ----------~7"ft----~-----~
dren to strike any body.· . . . ' '
--=--:----~-'-II-----------~-:---

What bad passion makes children .strik-e each
"'o ther? Anger. Can ,al1y body be happy when
they a re an gry 1 ls it ri ght to take an ythin g
that does not belong to us~ \Vould you like to
bave ~ot~r things taken wh~h you _were a\vay?
. 'Vho is 1t th at sees every th mg \hat i~ ·don e-? ·Is
be everywh ere ? Is h e displeased. when any of
us act wrong? Do you think you would ever
do \Vrong, if you recollected God wa s_ by) and
saw you 1 Shouid you not always try \o recollect it, th:n? What__ ~oes · the Bible. say \~bout
God hearrng and seeing us 1 He that planted·
the ear, shall he not hear 1 · He that formed the
eye, shall he ~ot see 1 Ps. ¥iv. 9 .

.THE END.
I '

'

,
'

11

_:11

I

PALMER'S MORAL INSTRUCTOR.
t,

THE
(

MORAL INSTR.UC.TOR;
OR

CULTURE OF THE HEART, AFFECTIONS,
.
AND - INTELLECT,
~·

. '' ·

WHILE
~

I

).
J

·A
I

~i

.,

LEARNING . TO READ.

>l 1

.I

: .....

I

.1 .

. i/1

.,

:JI

I

PART II.
!.
I

It is not to the risen, but to the rising generation, that we look fo~
great and beneficial changes. The maturity of manhood is
i~c
inflexible to admit of being re-cast into a new and nobler mould~ ¥.:\~1

too

I

.,

\. .

: . i ..

I.

:l

t)

,,1

I ·-: . '\
BY THOMAS H. PALMER,
AUTHOR OF THE l'RIZE ESSAY ON. EDUCATION, ENTITLED "TH&
" TEAc'm :n.'s MANUAL."

PUBLIS HF.D BY
THOMA::l, COWPERTilWAIT & CO., PinLADELPH!A; A.. V. BLAKE, NEW
YORK; DURRIE & PECK, NEW HAVEN; BROWN & PACKARD,
HARTFORD: ISAAC H. CADY, PROVIDENCE; AND JOHN
W. FOSTER, PO.!l.TSMOUTH, N. H.

!

WM. D. TICKNOR & CO., BOSTON, GENERAL AGENTS.
• i

" -)!

:~·

I

(

PRE J?ACE .
way. ·

He that errs in tho entrance is not oo cn.ai ly recluce<l a gain Into the rlght
He
that mi8seth hia roaJ .from the ber;inning of his journey 1 nn~ is ~eceived in
hi~ first marks, at his first aewng forth, the greater IV his nu~take, the
more difficult will be his entrance l11t() the right way.
.·.,..,

IlAncLAY's APot:ooll'.

/

TnE present volume completes the series of the Moral Instrhctor.*
This would seem, then, a proper place to ,review our labors, ~nd
briefly to point out the advantage:; of the Instructor over the reading
books commonly found in the sc hools.
.
·
1. In using these books, the pupil is an active · agent, not a mere
passive recipi~nt of instr?-ctio~. . T~e que~tio11s. do not simply draw
from the child a recap1tulat.10n of the 1esson he has · read. The
memory alone will not furnish answers. The pupil must think before
he can reply. The gist of the questions is not "what did this or
that person say: or do, or thin k? 11 It is "what do you think,
what is your opinion of this or that moral act, or intention?" The
most important faculties of the mind, atlentil)n, reflection, deliberation, comparison, judgment, are n.ctivel y engaged in the process,
as well as the memory. Now \ ,· hat is it but the greater or less
development of these very faculties which constitutes the intellectual
difference in the human race·? whi.ch distinguishes the man of genius
from the fool? Let them rem1.ttl but slightly developed, as they
are at present in the mass of man kind ; or, when developed, let them
be impaired; and how confused are the thoughts! how apt to be lost
in obscure reveries! Even the perceptions of the senses are blunted.
On the contrary, let these faculties be judiciously drawn out, and:
fully exercised, and how clear and distinct will be the thoughts,.how ·
completely will the child acquire the control of his mind! Can, then, .
a mode of education be prized too highly which begins to cultivate .
them at so early an age, before dreamy and slovenly habits have
been suffered to take root? The knowledge, "too, acquired by
the exercise of our orvn- mind, is like food eaten with appetite. It
digests well. It benefits the system far beyond what is crammed int'o
us by our teachers. But, at the sa me time, great care is tu.ken not
to strain the intellect. The subjects n.re carefully suited to the
tender, opening mind of childhood . Though no question can be
answered Without thought, there CLrC none, it is believed, to Which
child of moderate abilities cannot readily reply
I
't. The ccNscIENCE of the child is developed and strengthened.
Most of the questions relate to the great principles of right

a

ana

*Pa.rts III. &nd TV. were published !J.st year.

I

I
I

I

,,

•. 1

IV

~

PREFACE.

wrong, .or to the omnipresence of God, whom the child is thus led
habitually to consider as perceiving all our thoughts, as th~ spectator
. of all our actions. REASON, also, is called into play. The child is
no longer left to be swayed who)ly by impulse. The advantage~ or
such exercises as these arc not confined to the class actually engaged
m them. They extend to the wJ1ole school, not excepting even the
teacher. For as no moral act or thought, whether it be right or
wrong, is allowed to pass Without examino.tion, the habit of forming
instant, correct decisions can hardly fail to be formed in all, whether
they be speakers or hearers. And the same habit will undoubtedly
influence our .out-of-door concerns. He whose mind has long been
stcaclily and thoroughly disciplined1 who has been accustomed to ask,
"b this right or wrong," on every moral occurrence in school, can
harclly fail to have the same questions suggested to his mind by the
daily events of life. And certainly nothing can prove a greater
strengthener of virtue, or a surer safeguard from vice, than the
habitual feeling that God is ever ;:resent with us. And how hard is
it, not to say absolutely impossible, to produce such an abiding
sense of God's presence, in after life, if it be neglected in enrly
youth! Now, amidst all our anxiety for the improvement of
schools, should not conscientiousness be the grand object of education 1
Should not all mere intellectual culture bend, if necessary, before
it ? Is not this the only sure foundation for filial obedience in childhood, for entire submission to God in more 'mature age, for faithfulness and attachment to truth in every situation 1 Is not this the
proper basis for a TRUE MAN? Is not the want of conscientiousness
the prominent defect of the times, the root of nearly all our political
and social evil'> ?
3r Morality is placed on its real basis, DUTY; on the JtIGIIT, the JUST
the T~UE. The child is led to look within for the reward ofvi.rtue
the ~nishment of vice, and not to external things. Here lies the
error ~
to which the teachers of early youth are so prone to fall.
Tangi ' rewards and punishments, the gratification of onr passions,
or the a ainment of our wishes, form the burden of nearly all the
moral instru,ction of childhood, whether -written or oral. Does this .
accord with the plan of Providence ? "Is . the reward of virtue ·
bread? '' No wonder that persons bred in such a .doctrine ·deem the
course of Providence mysterious, when vice appears in a. chariot,
virtue in rags ! The plan pursued in the Moral Instructor differs
altogether from this. The aim is to show, that, while industry and
eco11omy are generally accompanied by temporal prosperity, idlenus
and prodigality by adversity, the reward of virtue is dif!erent in kind1
and of a nature infinitely preferable. That, . though external happiness and comfort are undoubtedly promoted by a virtuous course of
conduct, yeLthe chief delight attendant on virtue is to be found, not
in any thing external, but in the internal compladmcy of the soul, a
delight which the world can neither give nor take away. That the
punishment of vice is of a similar character. That it does not consist in poverty, or iI' the lack of worldly honors ; but in discontent
and internal mi~ery, whatever may be the .external situation of the
victim. What but mirnnthropy or viciou~ courses can arise from

::.

1

.~.

., :f
( theo

!

lI

e.s : tl

"

obje<
ap~
9.CtlO

Notl1
p~ne:

vice,
pres•

.' ;

que~

" -.WI
re'fii1

com

.,

.·~

'.],

!\

.

'·

'

·~

.~

·~

~

~

.)

{

''1

·~

I

'1

'I

~
\

·~

:i

•..

,..

•'~

.. ..

tud1
in') t i

"D•
·and
·'':fie1
the
;bf Ci
" 5
.~

1
.

is; pi
tlie 'I
~"' 4.
disti
disp
it} b·
gen1

)

and

,/

~;r~:
·,
.,

·'•

~j

~.

~·
~:'

~.~

1

···\
~~

·~
.:j

,~

'i
·.'

:~

·,'i

:~

j~
:~1.

Sue-

gi'e:

~re1
'th111
·its i
'j>ict ·eve1

·:Ev•

ing
but
'mo:
vid·
:-'g'av

.6
:l)ut
'trot·
i,Bu1
''It·h
.;. h4-

:SO,.'

·:eve

'"Mo

thus Jed
11= :;pectator
'lie child is
lage!> or
engaged
0 even the
1e ri ght or
forming
whether .
:1ucJUb tedly
Jong been
I to a.sk,
ool, can
,.,J by the
a. greater
1an the
hard is
L,. abiding
m early
ent of
cation 1
t ,J , before
e in child' -1ithfu1his the
:... 0usness
r political
, e rosT,
' ·· .ue and
e lies the
:o fall.
ssions,
'. J all the
Does this ·
virtue
~m the
- _hariot,
or differs
' ··ry and
1
dlenus
' _ ii kind,
ial happi( .rse of
id, not
:;oul, a
That the
; -11 conl ontent
of the
.rise from

v

PREFACE.

I•.

( the ·opposite, sensual doctrine? When temporal prosperity is held U"(>
n.s the reward of virtue ; when property is considered the grnrnt
object of pursuit, how can it be a matter of surprise, that men, disappointed in their attempts to rise in the world by this course of
action, should tum to the shorter road of knavery and deceit?
Nothing, surely, can be more natural. Uut, while the internal hap• .
pincss attemlant on virtue, and the misery unavoidably attached· to .
vice, are frequently adverted to, this happiness and misery are
presented simply as natural result.~, not as motives to action. · . The ,
question is always, "] s it ri ght or wrong? is it our duty?" never
" What shall we gain by it?" No. Selfishness, even in its . most
refined forms, will find, it is believed, no encouragement here. "· The ,
constant aim is, to lead the pupil to virtue, not so much because it ·
is profitable, as because it is iusT and RIGHT, and in conformity to
~~ef~

'·'

~

.{

!

.

is

~-

4. Inhumanity to any creature possessed of life
frequently and
distinctly held up as the result of baseness, of cowardice, of ingrati·
tude to God. Our Heavenly Father is exhibited as he is represented
in the Scriptures, the UNIVERSAL PARENT, carin g for all his creatures,
displeased with whatever gives unnecessary pain, no matter whether
it be to the greatest of men, or to the feeblest insect. How ca;i
gentleness and kindness of heart spring from early habits of cruelty?
"Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles ·? " The beauty ..
and value of true politeness is also frequently pointed out ; not the
pseudo-politeness of vain f orms, but Christian politeness, founded on
the Golden Rule, the politeness which uniformly seeks the comfort
of others, which trembles to inflict the slightest pain.
5. The love of Nature, the taste for Beauty, is sedulously cultivated.
Such a taste is developed spontaneously in but few. With the
greater part, it needs t'O"'"be awakened • nd refined. In the eager
pursuit of the first necessaries of exi stence, this love or taste has
been neglected among u s; yet it is precisely one of those pleasures
~ha~ suits the mass of.our people, for it is rational, most purifying in
its influences, and entirely free from expense . Nature exhibits her
pictures without money and without price. Her show-rooms are.
1
every where open, without respect · to persons, seasons, or hours.
Every time and season has its own peculiar beauties. From morning to night, from the fir~t burst of spring to the close of winter, is
but a success10n of beautiful cha nges. And we cannot neglect these
most refined intellectual _pleasures, which have been so lavishly pro-·
vided for our use, without the utmost in gratitude :to the God who
gave them.
i
6. Finally, it may be observed, that the Law and the Pulpit reach
but a few. The School reaches all. The Law looks only to the
outward act. The Pulpit looks farther : to the motive, to the heart.
But neither the one nor the other reach. the evil in its germinaticn ~
It has fixed its roots, it is full -grnn·n before they can touch it. Not
so. with the school. It should, it may, r(lat:h the bud, before it has ·
even made its appearn.nce . To effect this is the grand aim of the
1

I

MOR.AL INSTRUCTOR.
PART I!.

1'*

1

(

(~

LESSOK.

IX.
"f

x.
~XI.
XII:

TABLE 0 F C 0 N 'f.E NT S,

XIII.

AND

xrv:.
XV.'·
.f ." ~·.;~
,.

SYNOPSIS OF THE MORAL LESSONS.

~·,

{

xv :.

LESSON.

./

I. The Good Boy. Assisting his parents-conduct in
school-love of his teacher-manner of running
errands-behavior while sick-when hurt.-What
makes children happy,
.~
II. The Uses of Pain. Why necessary-why one part
of the body more tender than another-pain a mark
of kindness-in our Creatnr~-children should learn
to say no, when asked to do. wrong, .
Dishonesty. The wicked easily frightened-forced
to lie-ashamed to see their friends-importance
of remembering God sees us-he knows our
thoughts as well as actions-wicked intentiorut
nearly as bad as wicked acts-the wickecl neve1
cheerful,
IV. The Fretful Girl. Spoiled children always unhappy,
and much to be pitied-discontented' with every
thing-why the good are happy, and the wicked
wretched,
V. Impatience and Disobedience. Fretfulness and impatience-caused by indulgence--good mothers not
too indulgent--the obedient boy,
i.
VI. Impatience and Disobedience, continued . . Sclfi.shnesshappiness..:.._disobediencc-obedienee,
VII. The City Family. Filial affection-brotherly love,
'· VllI. Tit~ Steamboat. Beauties of nature-for whom
fanned-gratitude and ingrntitu:.lc tb God,

..'ll·
,,"'
xvn:'

Page,

XVIII:.
;, ;

/

12

15 ·

19

I:

"

23
26

30
33

CONTENTS.

(
I ·.

i
!

J
I
I

I

\.:

vii

I.

Page.
IX. The Unhappy Children. Ingratitude, restlessness,
and di sobediencc-obec.lience~omniscicnce of Goel, 39
X. The Sloop. l\ioverncnts of the heavenly bodies
exemplified,
.43
The
Mountains.
Beauties
of
nature-disobedience;
.
47
XI.
XII. Brotherly Loee.. . Spoiled children-good children, ,.,.. .51
57
Xlli. God in every Place. Theft, cowardice, repentance,.,'
61
XIV. The Farm-House. Affection to parents,
xv. ldlene.~s, Sullennes~, and Disobedience. Cruelty to ani•
66
muls,
XVI. JdleT1ess, Sullem1m, and Disobedience, continued. Their
punishment;
71
XVII. The Family of Love. Cheerful and prompt obedience, 77
XVIII. The Unhapp?t Family. Family discord--disrespect
I
to parents, .
81
XIX. The Family of Poverty. Filial affection-fraternal
love-parental love,
'
85
xx. PromptI and Ready Obedience. Picture of a good girl, 9i
XX!. Truth and loforal Courage. How ch+l.dren learn to lie
and steal,
95
:XXII. Obedience. Kindness to animals,
99
XXIIL The Pleasures of the Soul and the Pleasures of the
Body,
104
XXlV. The Pleasures of the Soul and the Pfrasures of the ..
Body; continued, .
108
xxv. The Pains and Penalties . of JVickcd11ess: . Fearshame-uneasy sleep,
·
112
XXVI. Remorse. The use of conscience-the cause of
drunkenness-of suicide-how to cure remorse,
118
XX:VII. Omnipresence o/God. How Christians learn it-how
the heathen learn it,
123
XXVIII. . Christian Revenge: or hon· to heap Coals of fire on the
Head of an Enemy. Passion-:-forgivcness,
130
XXL"C. ·Advantages of Industry,
135
XXX. Tirings 1Jy their Right Names,
140
XXXI. Wltat animals are made for. Why animals should
142
be treated with kindness, .
LESSON.

1

' i·

. .!:'
,.~

_J
5
)

''

I :.

} ·~

"

.

.r

'

..

1~1

I·

'll

(

t

~
I•

DIRECTIONS TO TEACHERS.

T1rn questions appended to the Readjng Lessons are of
two kinds, moral and intellectual. . The moral questions
require no study. But those that relate to the meaning
of words should be .studied by the pupils previous tci the
reading exerci se. The children should be shown how to
catch their sense from the context. But it would be well
that they should resort to a dictionary to prove the correctn ess of the definition thus found. When the pupils
are very young, they may apply to the teacher for the
.
. ·
meaning, when they are at a loss.
Should any of the lessons be found too long, they may
be divided. In this case, such questions only-a.s relate ·to ·
the pa,rt read should be~ put to the class. Some one or
more '_ f the pupils should be called on to recapitulate the
first pa t before the remainder is read. ·
If th , class should go through ·the book a second time,
the que~ ions may be read:' by the pupils instead of the
teacher. In this case, they should be required to give the'
answer promptly, without any pause, just as if it '\.yere
printed.
Great care should be taken that the pupils use correct

I

fl

.1

I

I:

"'.

and perspicuous language, both in ans,yering the questions

and in recapitulating the lessons. They should also be
· encouraged as soon as possible to give the story consecutively, without waiting to have it drawn ouf by questions.
For farther directions to Teachers, see Parts III. or IV.
of the Instructor. (
,·,.,,

.f

~
l.'

.

,.

/

.•
)

3'

\•

~

J

1. JAMES ·TU.Rl\
about seven ye · s
. mer. He k,eeps·. ~I)
corn and potatoe ~~
.2. James' fatfie1
to him. And J al)
~·

<I

1L:·i
i· ~~~
3. Jam es 1s *t'C>t
deal. But he Ii 'e

much •

.

father and mother1
he can.

THE
·,'

( MoRAL INSTRUCTOR.
..,,,

PART I I.

1 • 1 ".

is are of
i
stions
anrng

to the
I
OW to
. :! well
the corts

1

· ?..

LESSON I.

·r
'

Th~ Good B~y.

.•

1. JAMES TURNER is a little boy. He is
about seven years old. Hi's father is a far~

I

pupils
10r

the

: r may
relate to
c )nc or
.te the
l time,
of the .
.<Tive the'
l were

>

L~

· mer.
correct
' estions
l also be
msecu-

. ~s tions.
n. or IV.

.,

\

... :~

He k,eeps sheep and cows. · He raises

corn and potatoes.
I
· 2. Jam es' father and mother are very kind
to him. And James loves them ooth very
mfch.
- ~ . Jam es is too small to work a great
d ~ l.
But he likes to do any thing for his
father and mother. I-Ie always does all that
he can.

I

.,

IO

,i

THE MORAL INSTRUCTOR.

4. In summel~, James loves to pick peas
and beans. And he always helps to shell
them.
5. His father gave James a little. spot in
the garden. I-le raised peas, and be~ns; and
. pop corn in it. He had a border of flowers
·all round it. His father bought a little hoe ·
·
and rake for him.
6. Jam es goes to school. ·fie is fond of
his studies. I-le never talks nor makes a
noise in schoo1. Ile knows that is wrong.
I-Ie does not want to disturb the scholars.
7. James loves his teacher. He 'always
tries to do what she tells him. So he learns
very fast. He can read pretty well, and he
can write and cipher a little.
8. James likes to be among hay-makers.
He loves the smell of new-mown hay. He
goes to the field when schoof is dismissed.
9. See ! there he is , in the picture, at the
beginning of. the lesso,n.. He has just come
from school.- I-le is going out to the hayfield. See! he has a rake on his shoulder,
an a basket in his hand. . He is carrying
bre\d and cheese to the workmen. His .
mot ~r sent him with it.
.
10. J a1nes loves to play. But he leaves ·
his play in a moment, if his _father 9r mot~er
want him. fie is never sulky, or disobedient.
11. When Jam es is sent of an errand, he
goes and comes back immediately. He never
loiters on the road. He never stops to talk or
play. He knows that would be wrong. He
(

!.

delivers ·;
else. -, i
1.2) '. .:\ ;'
qui~f~ a1

as httle

to take r

But he ·
know's 'l
would '1
goodff,o
C} ~ ·.!

I " ;~~:~i. ,
dom~' ·cfij
it wilf'1J·j<
14. ;:;

He s?et
. '-'~H

is ndt:'t

thing~}

tinhap~
1~·

' ~;.

15; .'
~

is hap1
righ~,....

never;;.

. When·.
une~~Y ·
pleas'tft1
.
1

;,:..

•,,

·JI

'"i. ",!

De's~1

lesson~·.l

''.
.•
mothe?J,
loves to h
to tall8101
the ·naitg
wrong to
or wro g
we-i:leha~

....~

TH ~ ...~on'~ t. ~l!II . NSTRUCTOR.
,

Jick peas
ps to shell

>

__ e. spot in
be~ns,

and

f ft<lwers
a

little hoe

; fond of
makes a
; wrong.
c.. olars.

1
·
3

always
e learns
, and he

'· ·makers.
hay. He
J

: issed.
r e, at the
.~ .. st come

he hayshoulder,
~arrying

Ln.
) r

His .

e leaves ·
mother

:- bedient.

: ·and, he
He never
•talk or
:. .. g. He

·:,

.

.

1"

I

...

.

11

·.

delivers his mes~b.I:ge befor~ e he-do~ any thing~ .
else. .
·
12. When a~es is sick, he tries to keep
quiet and still. jHe wants to give his mothet
as little trouble Js he can. . He never refuses
to take physic. Physic has a nasty taste~
But he knows i is to make him well. He·
knows his father and mother love him., They
would not give him any thing that was not
good for him.
· .
.
>13. James is :?- happy .boy.,,.. He .very sel?om. cries, even I:· hen ~e ~~ .~~~~:·.,.· : He knows
1t will do ,no good to· make"'3: .n01se. . i.:. , .
14.' Do you ·khow why . James .is:f o.happy?
He gets a great tnany good things. J;ltit that
is not the reasoh. · Many childi:en ·~g~t every
thing that they .cr n wis? .fo~ '. ~d. ):et are' very
unhappy.
.
·
. . . ·"· · :· . . , .
:;i 15. · It is becaJise ·· James ..is,;"good ~hat . he
is happy. · Peo~le ·;who ahvay's :' do .ivhat is .
right, are sure tp. feel ·pleasant:. ·.3ho,se,._;who
never wish to ;,90 wrong, are al°"ays 1. happy.
. When we. do · 'Yrong, .we feel. 3:nxious and
uneasy. Nobody that is wicked can feel
I .
· . : ··· ·. . · .
pleasant. ·'.

l

'·

1

DescJibe the picture, and repeat the substance of .t'J4s
lesson. · ·Can little childre.n ·do any thing for their father or
mother? Is it the good child, or the naughty c~ild,· that
loves to help his fath1r and nfcfther? Is it right, o~ wrong,
to talk or move about in schoon Is it the good chilcl, or
the ,naughty child, tHat lo~es :hi~ teacher ? Is it right or
wrorig to continue pl~ying after being called'? Is it right
or wrong to loiter wr en sent of n.n errand? .How should
we·-be.have when we are. sick? Is there any use in c:r._yin~ ·
::?·.' . "·

...... . ...

·""' .
'$ .

. ..

<~

.. ..

,,

:v--..-- ,

JT hf'

~

;w

(

·:

·~.
/

.:.i e

.

..

THE ·M:on:-AL ·_;.1N's1''.liuc 1-dR .

'THE MO

'
.
., "when we are hurt? What should we ;do ? Bear it mahful·
ly. What makes people happy? ' Are children ever un·
happy when they get all they wish for? What does the
: Bible say about this? .A little that a righteo\is man hath
· is better than the riches of many 'w icked. P's. ·xxxvii >1'6.

LESSO.N II.

The :u;es"of 'J>ain.
'.
)•

._i.,

'

~·

(
.,"
.I

"

'~ I

;f

,"

I

·1

·~
1

~

,

t

.,,

. I~ .. .'~L ~~Rn· :and' Ed ward . N~well lived iiri ·a
pleastm.t viTiage. It' was· inthe sta:teiof .N#W
ork. Their father k~pt' ," ;a '.:siore·. Their
:use ·was' !next door :to· the ;store·.
,,~.1;..
·
•
2. There was a pretty garden hlii~d ·'t!He
,~o_use. A gate opened from the garden into
·an orchard. There were :- apple-trees, · and
· pear-trees, and plum-trees .in the · orchard:
There· were- also a.few peach-trees.
.
' 3. · Alfred arid Enward · w~nt 'ihto . the .'orchard one day. · Th~y ciu~·ried a 'little. basket
1

1

1

'I

'!

·~ 1

'.

·I

i' / . .

I .

l

t'.

t

1

',\v~~h them. : ::For · they ·.· niean~ to ·gather some

3:PP es.

.

"

~.

;
I

...

"

.~·

'"l
:;'

.

41. . There was
<>f the orchard. :
But it hung over
1haril t-0 climb.
5. Alfred wan i
his brother said, "
6. " It will b(' .
go to another tr('
get hurt. Or ~:y 1
ditch. Then yo ·
mu d. "
···
7. "Fall oft'!'
is no danger o~ t
of that limb. ·~ 1
enough."
·,
8. Well. E'
boy. I-le did ' .n
own way. IIe:·J
I-le was always'
pushed Alfred 511
9. N O\V it i\v
good-natured. ·
please their ·or
should try to ~'pl
we should noh d<
dearest friends!·
10. Edward t
Alfred to climb
have said no. ~c:·. f
to refuse a frien1
to refuse, when· We should hel~
\Ve should say
PAR.T II.
-~~>·
. ,.
,'.\

;

·matuul-

".'when \Ve are hurt? What should we 'do? Bear it
ly. 'Vhat makes people happy? Are children ever unhappy when they get all they wish for? What does the .
. Bible say about this? A little .that a righteous man hath
i_s better than the riches of many wicked. Ps. ·x.txvii.' 16.

LESSON II.

Tlie :Uses of Pain.

1. AL ~p;En and Edward Newell lived in a
·pleasant vi'Ilage . It w as· in the ·state of'New
York. Their fa th er kept a store. 'I' h eir
house w as next door to the store.
2. T here was a pretty garden behind t he
- ~ o.use . A g~tt: op ened from the garden into
. an orchard. There were · apple-trees, · and
pear-trees, and plum-trees . in the · orchard:
. There were also a few peach-trees.
.
· 3. ·Alfred and Edward · w~nt 'ihto ·the ·;or, ~~_ard oi:ie day. Th~y carried a .little basket
:,w~~hl them. ·_For they 1 - nie~t to ·gather some

:·a,pp es.

·

t

·.,

l.

·~~-i·"" ~...~.::_. . _~~.·

~-"".

/ ,;tJ. ~ .,. ,.,.

;.
0
':

'!'.

~-

•

•

•

~;

. .•

~-'THE " MORAL ' ~

·---

NSTRUC TOR. .

IS

4. There was an apple-tree in a corner
()f the orchard. . It bore very fine apples.
But it hung over a deep ditch. And it was
hard t-0 climb.
5. Alfred wanted to climb the tree. But
his brother- said, No.
6. " It wi 11 be better," said Ed ward, " to
go to another tree . . · You might fall off, and
get hurt . Or you might tumble into the
ditch. Then you .:Would get covered wi.th
mud."
·
·,
7. "Falloff!"saidAlfred. "No. There
is no danger of that: Help me to catch hold
of that limb. I can climb the tree easily
enou g h."
8. Well. Edward was a good-natured
boy. Ile did not always want to have his
ovvn way. I-Ie liked to pl eas e his brothe r.
I-le was always willi_n g to help him. So he
pushed Alfred u p til1 h(~ got hold ( Jf th n 1imh.
U. N o w it \Ya s r ig ht fo r E chva rd to be
good-n atured . E very body sh ou ld try to
pleRse their brothers and s i::sters .
They
shonld try to please all their friends. But
we s ho uld no t d o w r ong , even t o ohlige our
dearest friends .
I 0. Edward thought it was dangerous for

Alfred to climb the tree. So he ought to
have said no. · Sometimes it is not pleasant
to refuse a friend. But we should all learn
to refuse, when we are asked to <lo wrong.
We should help cheerfully when it is right.
\Ve should say no, pleasantly, but firmly,
PART II.
2

I . .

· when \Ve think it wrong. That is die proper.
way.
11. Well, Edward .helped his brother up.
. Alfred caught hold of the .limb. . And then
he got up into the tree. ~
. ·
12. Edward now han.ded the basket to his
brother. -And Alfred began · to pick the
apples . . But he stretched a little too ·far.
He lost his hold. So he fell souse into the
ditch . .
13. Edward saw his brother fall. l,Ie was
~erribly frightened.
The mud \Vas thick.
Alfred could not get out without help. · So
Edward took hold of the toot of the tree with
one hand, and seized Alfred's arm with the
other. Edward had to pull very hard. Ilut
__, at last .he got his brother out.
. 14. Alfred was covered with inud fro1n
t2p to toe. But it was worse with him than
tl\l.t. In falling, he struck a limb, and hurt .
hi~ leg harliy. '-- Jie could 11ot \YaJk . So
Edward laid him carefully on the bank . Ile
then ran home to bring his father.
15. IIis father came . lf 0 took !!phis son
[[ cntlv. Jie carriPd hi m h()nc . There he
laid him on his bed. His inother nursed hi1n
for several weeks .
· _16. Alfred suffered a grea~ 1deal of pain.
But at last he got as well as ever. After
this, Alfred was always more careful about
climbing trees_.
.
_. .
. . ~ 7 ~ Now, children, I want you to think
· a little. I want you to try to find ·out what

is the use of pain. Then you will be able
to answer the questions at the end of th_is .
lesson. God is _' always good. He never
,~fits us to suffer. pain for nothing.
·. ~
Describe the picture, and r~peaf the substance of this
lesson. Ex:plain the following words and phrases: 7, no
danaer of that; of what? . · vVhat is the use of the " " in
6 a~d 7? 14, wo;rse· with him than that; than what?
He then ran home; when? 15, ther--c ha laid him-on his
bed. 17, then ·you will be able to ans we~ ; when? ~o ·
you think we sho.u ld "take good care of ourselves, or not~ if ·
it was not for pain? ·,WouJd you .Pu~l Tour finger as qu.1c~
out of the fire or candle, or not, 1f lt was not for pam.
Would you take so inuch ~are not to fall and · bre~k your
hea~ and limbs, if it ~v~s not for pain.? . Do you think ?ui
bodies would last us "so i:nany years, if it \Vas not ~or pam.
_Are ..tP.er.e many people \vho get badly hurt b~ berng careless? Is · there more pain in the world than is necessary,
then? Which feels worse when it gets hurt, an eye or a
finaer? \Vhich would it be worse for us to lose? . · Can
· yo~ give 'any reason_, th-e n, wl_!y the~ye i.LJI1ore ~ender .
than the- finger? \Vould it have bee.n better !or us, if ~od
had not made us liable to suffer pain? Is it from kmdn e:3~1 or not 1 t11 ::t t 11~ hRs rnad P t! ~ 1 i ~-tb1 ·::: t 11 p;i in?
\\: h~tt
d oes th e B ible say abou t this? For. the Lord is goo~ , _lm
mercy is everl asting . P s .. c: 5. Like a s a. fa t h ~ r p1 t1eth
his children, so the Lord p1tieth them that fear him. Ps.
ciii. 13.

LESSON III.

Dishonesty.
].

JOHN

Hi\ LL lived in the city ?f Tren-

ton, in New Jersey. He had a b~other called
James, and a sister called Sarap. . .
2. There was a ·pleasant yard be_h~nd. tl~e
house. The house plants were kept In _it In

.
. 25. He \Vas np longer the lively, happy
boy ·he had -been a few minutes before.
26. '1Vhat was it that made the difference'?
What m'a de him feel unhappy 7
27. .James· had done what was 'wrong.
He had broken the law of God, which says;" Thou shalt not steal."
· 28. That was the reason that Jam es felt
so uneasy.
29. See, now,. how one bad thing leads
to another.
·
·
.
30 .. First, James forgot that God always
sees him.
·
~ 3 l. He thought to himself, " There is·
noJ>~<lJ in the room.
Nobo.Jy sees me. No bo1l_y will k1:~w that I took th~ money." .
S'i. Foo~I:-s~ boy ! How did you forget
that . qejd JS 1n every place? You surely
know-that God sees every thing.
33. You should have remembered this.
Then you would not have been so wicked.
You would not.even have.thought of stealing.
34 For the mere taking the money wa&
not all.
.
S5. Suppose James's father had come 111
1
:Jefore James had .taken the iponey. 'Voultl
James have been innocent, or not 1
36. Was it right to inten:d to take the
money 1 'Vould a good boy have done this?
37. In. ~he ~ight of God, intending to . take
."· t~h· e ~on~y is w~c~ed. ~ven thinking whether
. \Ve shal~ t~ke it ?r not, is wrong. It is Yerv
,nearly, if not quite as had, as stealing -it. ...
1
•

38. No, no. We must never think ·of
doing wrong. We cannot feel happy if we
do so. Our conscience will always blame
us. We never can be so cheerful and pleasant as when we both think right and do right.
Repeat the substance of this lesson. \Vhat made James .
look frightened when he saw his brothed \Vhy did he
try to hide his raisins? Is a good boy ever frightened in
this way ? Can a child feel happy, that is constantly afraid
of being found out? · Did any one see James take the
money? Did he recollect that God saw him? Is it right,
or wrong, to take " ',h at does not belong to us without leave?
_, ~ Is i! .r_ight, or wrorig, to meddle with what belongs to our
brothers and sisters· without leave? Is it right, or wrong,
to meddle with what belongs to any body without leave?
Is it right . or wrong, to tl1ink of taking what does not he long
to us? Does God know what we tlt.ink of, as well as '\Vhat
\Ve do? \Vhat does the Bible say about this? The Lord
searcheth all hearts, and understandeth all the imngination
of the thoughts. 1 Chron . XX\'iii. 9.

LESSON IV.

The Fretful Girl.
1. MR. and Mrs. Jones had onlv one child.
I-Ier name was l'\Iary. She was ~bout eight
years old.
2. lUary had a cousin. Iler name \Vas
Jane Elliot. She was about the same age
as Mary. · · ·
·
3. Jane lived with her uncle 'Jones. Poor
girl ! She had lost her fa~her and mother .
They were both dead. She had lived some
time 'vith her grandfather and grandmother.
But now they were dead too.
. .,,

-

2:{~:~.;~.:-..if.~:.iLt~ )\i..::~j;.;.,,:~~:;~f4i~~~-;t~t.~t:\:~Ji~1if,~~:~~~t~~( ;_· '. ·~ . · , . ....
·-',' ·:- ~ ".20 ' < "?: . · · -ru~ MORAL INsTnUCTOlt.

13. O~~ day 1\Ir. Jones gave the girls a
sleigh-ride. Look a~ the picture! You 'Yill
see them all in the sleigh. They are dashmg
along finely.

. 4. l\Iary was a good girl. · Her mother
had tauoht her to do as she was bid. She
once us~d to cry and fret a little. But that
was when she was very small.
5. Iler mother always sent her out of the
room if she cried. She never gave her any
thing that she cried for.
6. "Don't come back till you are good,"
her mother \Vould say. " You must not cry
here. 11
7. \VeIL 1'1 ary would cfo as she \V a s hid.
She would go out of the room . And, Yr hen
she was tired of crying , she would come
ha~k.
" I am good, now, mother," she
would say .
8~\J-I <;ppy, I:,appy l\Tary ! You had. a
goodtn1other. Slw took a grea t deal of pmns
to make you good. Oh, how you ought to
lore her !
9. Ilut poor Jane hnd lost her mother.
fler grandmother did not know how to make
little children good. She let Jane do· just
what she liked .
IO. Now Jane, you 1. . now. could not liave
eveQ· thing she w~nf ed . I-Ier grandmother
could not get every thing for her.
.
11. But, what did Jane do, when she

· could not get what she wanted? 'Vhy, she
cried, and teased her grandmother.
· 12. So J~ne became a naughty girl. And
sh~ was very unh~ppy, too. For no naughty
- child . can be happy. Can it? Surely not.
A child .that cries, and frets, and teases, is
ahvays unhappy.

14. The weather was cold. But the sky
'vas clear. 'The sun shone bright. They
had a good buffalo robe round them. That
n1ade them quite warm.
15. The road was good . The snow :vas
well trod. The country looked bcaut1f~l.
Every spot was covered with pure white
snow.
.
16. They met a great many sleighs . Jmgle, jangle, went the sleigh be1ls. Every
body they met looked pleased ~nd. b~1ppy.
17. l\Iary was delighted. 1 he IJnght sunshine, the pure white snow~, the pleasant motion of the sleigh, the bright, happy faces
that they met ; all these made Mary feel
pleasant.
18. But nothing could please Jan~. " I
hate cold wipter," she said. " I can t bear

'.~

~

- -"""!"

-.3

:!

":~1:i
..

,,,~

~I:

r~..'
··t

·.

.

'

J
.

<

.

to see. snow. I wonder any hody can like
to ride in a sleigh.
I don't like it at all."
19. \Vhen Jane was out, she always wished
she was at home. \Vhen she was at home,
she always wanted to go somewhere else.
20. 1'Vhy is l\Iary so happy? Why is
Jane so wretched? I will tell you.
21. l\Iary -is good. She wants to please
every body. She wants to be pleased her- self . She is content with .what .she has.
She is· not always wishing for something else.
She tries to be pleased. She .loves to see
l
other people happy. That is the reason she
t
. is h · ppy. 1'Vould you not love l\Iary, if you
!~
kne~ . her? Say.
---,---'i1
~··
22. ~-r--J-an-e-1-s-naughty. How can
:
she be happy? She does not care about
;,_
pleasing any body. She never tries to be
. pleased. She is always finding fault. She
;
is always discontented. She hates to see
~other people happy. That makes her sulky
and cross. How can J anc be happy, then 1
Don't you pity the poor girl? Are yo u not
-,.1
_~
sorry for her1 Poor Jane! She is , indeed,
q
very much to h e pitie<l .
~

1

Repeat the substance of this lesson. Describe the picture minutely. 'Vhich was the happier girl, Mary or Jane .?
'Vhy was Mary happier than her cousin? if 12, 18, 19, and
22. Are all seasons pleasant co good children? Is it pleasant, or not, to ride in sleighs ? Is it pleasant, or not, to slide
and to play with snow? Is it pleasant, or not, to spend th~
long -evenings in reading or singing? Does the ground
loo~ gloomy or pleasa?t, when covered with pure white
sn~~ ~ Are t4e long mghts as dark as they would be with•

b

r
I

.

out snow? Could we ride about as easily and as pleasantly
without snow? Who contrived all these conveniences for
us ? How should such blessings make us feel? Does God
wish us always to be happy? Which wi,11 make us more
happy, thinking and talking of the blessings and corr..forts of
winter, or always calling it cold , gloomy winter? ·which
will make the more pleasing return to God? ·who arranrred the different seasons? Could we make them better, ·
if ;e had the power? Is it righf, or wrong, then, to grumble at the weather, or to wish it different from what it is ?
What aoes the Bible say about this ? 0 Lord ! how
manifold are thy works! In wisdom hast thou made them
all. The earth is fidl of thy riches. Ps. ci v. 24.

LESSON

____

v.

Impatience and Disobedience.
}~ "MoTHER, I want some bread and

butter."
2. "\Vait a little, Jul ius. l\iy hands arc
wet. you can't be very hungry. You have
just eat your breakfast.".
s. "No. I can't wait. I ·must have it
now."
4. " You must have patience, my son.
Wait t ill I ·· wrin a ou t these clothes. Then
I '11 cut some bre°acl for you."
!i . "No . no. J can't \Yait. l must lw_v c
it now."
6. His n1other said no more. She went
on with her work.
_
7. But Julius was not to. be pl,lt off. He
be()'an to whimper, and then to cry. ·.
t'.!
•
. ht 'l.
_ 8.
Now say, children,
was ·t h.1s rig
Would a good boy tease h.is mother ·so 7

•.

THE MORAL INSTRUCTOR..

Repeat the ~ubstance of this lesson·. 'Vhy didn't his
mother give Julius what he wanted? What ought he to
have done when he found she was busy? Was it right, or
wrong, t~ say, "~want it now?" Wa_s it right, or '"rnng, to
cry? Is 1t ever right to cry for any thmg? vVas it rio-ht, or
wr_ong, for his mother to mind his crying? Is it good for a
child, or not, always to have what he cries for? Is it good
for a child, or not, ~lways t~ have his own way? Who can
tell best what a child shouid have, himself or his parents?
Had Henry promised to go with Julius? Had his mother
given him leave? \Vhy, then, did he go in to ask her?
~ 19, 21. \Vhat does the Bible say about attending to
parents? l\Iy son, hear the instruction of thy father, and
forsake not the law of thy mother. frov. i. 8. Let the
\
teacher explain this to the class.

:27

3. Julius was the selfish boy. He never
thought of pleasing his nlother. He cared
for nobody but himself. . .He pouted or cried,
if his mother did riot · do exactly what he
wanted.
4. Now which was th.e happy boy 1 Was
/
it Henry or Julius? Can't you tell '1
5:- Can ·a child be happy who loves nobody 1.
Is he happy when he pouts or cries 1 Do
you feel happy when you love your parents1
. . -Do you feel pleasant when you do any thing
for them? Do you feel more happy when
you d~ right than when you do wrong? Then
you can easily tell whether Julius or Henry
LESSON VJ.
was the. happy boy.
Impatienc~ and Disobedience-continued.
6. Well. The boys went to the pond. It
---------=----------------~-------'"\.v=
.:. as~i=n'--'_fi=n-'='.e_...o~r=de.r for sliding_._ The ice was
thick and clear. It was covered with only a
thin coat of snow.
7. Some hemlock bushes grew near the
pond. Each of the boys cut a branch. They
swept the snow off from the ice. They made
two nice slides.
S. Henry was as happy as i.t. was possible
to be. But poor Julius still felt a little sulky.
9. But Julius at last recovered his temper.
I. WE read about Julius and H~nry in
The
air was so pure and pleasant. Every .
th~ last lesson. Do you remember it?
body looked so. happy. He could not be ~
.""'· Henry was the good boy. He always
sullen long.
wished to please his mother. He would not
10. 'fhe boys soon got tired ·of sliding.
do any thing she .did not like. , He liked to
They looked at the . skaters awhile. Then
please every body. He tried to please cve~y
body.
Julius asked llenry to go home with him.

'

I
f'

THE MORAi. INSTRUCTOR.

.1

.

.29

11. The boys soon got to the house.
Then ·Julius brought a handsome new book.
took his cap. He then bid them both goodAnd Henry and he looked over the pictures.
by, and went home.
~
~lrs. Rice soon after came into the roo:n.
20. " See, now, what · you · have done,
12. "How do you do, Henry 1" said she.
J uliu8," said his mother. " You have driven
"How are your father and mother1"
away that fine boy by your b~d behavior . .
13. "They are very well, I thank you,
If you act so, the good · boys will all shun
ma'am," said .H enry.
.r
you . . ;. You ·will soon have none but naughty
14. "But, Julius, is that ·Eliza's new
children to play with."
bookyouhavegot?"saidM,rs.Rice.
21. "I don't care," said Julius. "I
15. · "Yes," said Julius. "But I won't
don't like llenry. ·He is nothing but a fool."
hurt it. I am only showing Henry the pie.. ·-· -~22 :~·- " A fool ! " cried his mother. "Why,
tures."
he is one .of the best and brightest boys in
16. " Oh~ Julius, you are doing wrong,"
town.'! .
.
said his mother. " You should not 1neddle
23. ·"He's bright enough," said Julius.
with that book. You know Eliza is very
"But he can't stir a step till his mother
carefr ll of it. It \Vas a present from her
knows all about it. I asked him th_is morncousin, befure he \vent to sea. ~ndsee,to~~~~~~~~·m~~e~ofl~~~
what dirty hands you have got. Do go and
his mother first. She told him to fill the
wash them. Don't spoil the book so."
wood-box, and bring water from t~e spring.
And he was silly enough to do this, and to
l 7. "My hands are clean enough," said
Julius. "It's the cold that makes th.em
·keep me waiting." .
.
look so black."
24. "Silly! do you say?-" cried his mother.
18. "No, I)O. You must wash them im" Oh, Julius, Julius, you '11 break my heart.
mediately," said his inother . . "I° must take
I'm afraid you are a lost boy."
. the book from you, if you don't. You
2lJ. Julius mdde no reply. He took his
shouldn't have taken it at all without Eliza's
cap, and w,ent out.
.
leave. I can't suffer you to touch it any
26. Henry went home, look.mg rather ·•
more with dirty hands."
serious. His mother saw somethmg was the
19. Still Julius was not willing to give
inatter. She asked what · ailed him. He
up. lie persisted. in turning over the leaves.
told her all that Julius had said to his mother
Poor Henry felt badly enough. - He did not
and to himself.
.
know what to do. He left ' t.he table, and
27. "I am afraid," said . she, " that · you
will have tD stop visiting Julius. · I saw how
'PART

TT.

S*

,.' '

,

(

'

f.

'

~:

j
l

i

r
'·

. ·. ·. . .

:):~·{so ~:·-· ··:i
~-

The Ellises liv.ed in the city of N~w
York. They had never been in the coup try.
':;f hey had never seen \Voods nor open field~.

suller:i he looked when he \Vas ·here. Keep~
ing company with boys like him will hever
do you any good."
28. " I don't like to refuse to play with a
boy," said Henry. "But I won't visit him
again. I will keep away fr.om him as much .
as I can."
29. " That will be right," said his mother.
"You must sometimes be with bad boys.
But let it be as little as pos~ihle, unless you
can do them some good. And I fear that
nothing wi11 ever do g~:)Od to Julius Rice."
Repeat the substance of this lesson.

II

., i

Who will be the

mor~ happy child, the 09'1 who lr~es to please, or the one

who . ares _for nobody? --vvas Julrns or Henry the happy ·
boy? .'\Vh1ch would be more loved by his parents? Which
would e more loved by God? \Vhose book was it that
Julius showed to Henry? \Vas that right or wrong? Why?
See if 16. '\Vho says most frequently, "I don't care,"
the good boy! or the bad boy ? Which boy would you like
for a co_mpamon, Hen:y or Julius? Is it right, or wrong, to
p~ay with naughty children? Did Julius respect and obey
his parents? '\~as tha_t right, or wrong? ·what is God's
command on this subject? Hono.r thy father arid thy
mother, that thy_ days may be long rn the land which the
Lord thy God ~1veth thee. Exod. xx: 12. Did Julius or
Henry obey this command ?
. -'

LESSON VII. .

The City Farnily.
1. JoHN a~d James E11i$ wer~ brothers.
They had a sister called Sus~n. John ,~as
ten years old. Jam es was eight. · Sus~n
W·~s

seven.

··

•.

I

~

3. The boys went to school. 'fheirmoth~r
i

\;

taught Susan to read. She had never been
to school. ·
4. John and Jam es were bot.h good read~ ·
rers. James was beginning to write. John
could write well. They had studied Parley'~
Geography. Both the boys could cipher a
little.
.
fl "
5. "When are · you to have a Yacat1on.
said Mr. ~Ellis to his boys one day.
6. " Next week," said John.
7. "How lona is it to be1" said his father.
8. "It is to b~ for two weeks," said John.
9. "Well, I am going to VermQ~t Oil
Monday," said his father. "I ?m gQ~ng t.9
see vour uncle Bowen. 'Vould you lil\~ to
pay "'a visit to your cousins 1."
·

!~

f

.

THE MORAL INSTRUCTOR.

10. "Oh, I should be delighted," said
.John.
11. "Can you take us both, father?'' said
James.
12. "Yes. I think I chn.'"
13. " -B ut who will mother have to run
errands for her 1" said John.
14. "I shall not have sb many when you
are away," sai~ his moth~1-. " I can get
along well enough for a couple of weeks."
15~ "But poor sister Su~an " said James ·
".lVon't she be lonesome' \vithout us?
lV1sh she could go along too."
· .
6. " Oh, you would not leave mother all
alo e1"_ said John. "I should like Susan
to g wit~ us. But mother must have some- ·
body wit.Ji her."
·
I 7. ".If Susan wants to go, I "II stay at
h~me lVlth mother," said James. "And
then I can run her errands too."
18. " Why could n't we all go?"·· snid
John.
_19 .. "It would not . be convenient,. dear ,,.
said his mother. "I could. not leave ho ' .
at present.''
me
~O. "Well, what does sister Sus.a n say?'"
said her father.. " Does she \vant to
"th
'l
0
·11 h
go WI
u_s ~
,;-wi s e st.ay at home with mother?"
21.
I should like to go with you " . ·a
SusaIn. "B ut I . d on ' t want to. leave ·mother
' sai
11
a a one. . No. I '11 stay at home."
, .22. ~'Well, mot.her," said M-r. Ellis, "try

to get the boys' clothes ready. I wish :tQ
start on Monday morning."
·, ·
23. " I can easily do that," said l\'.Irs .
Ellis. "They want nothjng but some light
trousers. Susan, hanCI me that piece o(stuff
I bought yesterday. I believe that will do."
24. Look at the pictu,re at the beginni,ng ·
of this lesson.
You will see l\'Irs. Ellis and
..
the children. They are looking . at a piece
of cloth' to make trousers for the boys.

/

·I

.

~

· Repeat the _substance of this lesson. Describe the picture, an d name the persons. Explain the following words:
a, she; 4, they; 5, vacation; 9, what was the name of
their cousins? 12, \iVho is the speaker? Should you
think th~se were good or naughty children 1 Why 1
See~ 13, 15, 17~ and 21. 'Will trying to please their parents
make children more or less happy? Did these children
try to· please one another, or did t_hey think only of themselves? 'Vould that make them more or less happy?
W"hat does the Bib!P. say about this? Beloved, let u~
love one another: for love is of Goel ; and every one th?~
l<fv~ th, is born of God, and knoweth God. He that lovet\i
not, knoweth not God: for God is love. l John iv. 7, a

i

.;

LESSON VIII.

The

Steamboat~

I. THE boys awoke at the dawn of day.
Anxious minds ~o n't sleep sound. They
sprung up from their bed, and dressed themselves. As they went down stairs, they met
their father.
2. "Good morning, boys," said he. "You
are up early. 'Ve have a fine day' for, our

.

'·
.i

this cabin. He sees and :hears all that we
do and say_. "
·
.
29. Edwin and Charles looked ~nghten~d.
SO. "You don't say· so1" said ~dw1~.
" I've a great n1ind to put back the pears.
SI. "No~ I would n~t," s'aid Charles.
"She's only fooling you."
32. ''No, indeed," said the lady. "pod
made you. God ~eeps you . alive every moment. Do you tl11nk he does not know what
you do? Put your hand.to your mouth, and
feel your breath. It comes and goes all the
time ; when you are asleep, and when you
are awake ; when you walk, and when you
sit still. Is it }OU that does this, or God 1
.\nc~,?o you think he cannot hear what you

s,3. Edwin said nothing. 1-Ie stcpt. across
the cabin. lI e put the pears back into the
basket. Charles looke<l as if he did not
know what to do. But at last he put the
pears into his pocket, and walked out of the
cabin.
·
5-11. "You have done right, my boy," said
the lady. · "Never be ashaH)ed to confess
that you were wrong. Your broth er has the
pears. But he will not feel half so happy as
you do. Don't you feel ·more pleasant now
than you did some time ago1"
35. "Yes, indeed I do."
36. "'Vell, I hope this will he a useful
lesson to y'ou. · Never forget that God always
sees and hears you. Then you will always

be happy.
good."

/

For that will make you ahvays

Repeat the substance of this lesson. Describe th.e pie·
ture minutely. Tell who are the speakers in ~ 14, 15, 20,
22, 23, 35, 36. Explain in~ 1, interesting; 2, carn:il; convey. Is it right, .or wrong, to take any thing that does
not belong to us without leave? What! not even an apple?
But suppose nobody is by, what then? - Is God in every
place, or not? Does he see ' and hear all that " ;e do? ·
Why_ did Charles and Edwin step so softly across the
cabin? Why did they start when John looked up? Did
they know they were doing wrong? Did they act like
cowards, or not? Do people generally feel cowardly when
they do '\vrong? Who are more frequently a5hamed to be
se en-,""the good, or the wicked? Do you think the Ellis
boys felt ashamed to be seen? Which felt better, think .
you, Charles, with the pears in his pocket, or Edwin, after
he had put them back? vVhat does the B ible say about
the wicked being cowardly? For th e mornin g is to them
even as the shadow of death: if one know th em, th ey are
in the terrors of the shadow of death. J ob xxiv. 17.
There were they in great fear, where no fea'. was. Ps.
liii. 5. But the righteous are bold as a lion. Prov.
xxviii. 1.

LESSON XIV.

The Farm IIouse.
1. THE Ellises arrived safely at Whitehall. This is a village at the head of I:ake
Chmnplain : They stayed t.lrnre all mght. .
Next morning they set off m a steamboat..
going down the lake.
.
2. They soon arrived at n landmg near
their uncle Bowen's. Here they left the
boat, and ·hired a wagon. 'They got to the
PART II.
6

-

{~~:}~t~~}:f:~~~?:~~'.{l,;~f ·": ··~; ·::•-:--~~7."·

. •', 6.2

·.

·~ ~ --Jfi~~~~~,~~.:~,~;;;.<~.cif·~f~j,

·'. ;c·-,r:- .-:«;?r·;•<>T·'.,....':""'.

INSTRUCTOR.

THE

end _of -their journey, just as their friends
·were sitting· down to dinner.

·'

1

3. Uncle Bowen had twq sons. They
we~e about the age of John and J an1es.
Their names were Edward and Anson.
THey "\Vere both absent on a visit. But they
wer . expected home in the evening.
4. The farm house stood in a beautiful ·
situation. Look at the picture, and you will ·
see it. In front was the lake. Across the
lake rose the lofty mountains of New York.
Behind were seen the Green Mountains of
Vermont.
5. After dinner Mr. Ellis and the boys
took a little rambJe. They w~nt into the
barn. It was full of hay and grain. And
" there were two stacks of hay near the yard.
But the sheep and cattle were all in the pasture. ·
6. They next went to the lake. They
walked along the shore. They picked up
~ebbles.
They were delighted with the
.·scenery.
· 7. "The lake is not so large as I ex-

···.·:·:/: ·es

pected," said John. "It does not look
broader than Hudson river."
,
8. " It is nof so broad here as the· river
near New York," said his father. "If you
wish to see· a broad lake, you must go to
Lake Ontario, or Lake Erie. . You cannot
see across them."
'
_ ·
D. " They must look like the ocean, then," ·
said John.
·
10. " They do," said his father. "Near
the middle of these lakes you are entirely
ouf of sight of land."
11. '-'It must look strange," said John.
" What! No land at all to be seen?"
· 12. " No land at all," said his father.
,,
" .Nothing but water all around you."
IS. " That would look very strange,
said John.
14. 'fhey -returned to the house. Soon
after, Edward and Anson came home. The
cousins had never seen each other. So at
first they were all a little shy. But Mr.
Bowen told Edward to show John and James
the doves and the poultry. And they soon
becaine acquainted. .
..
15. Next morning they went to the woods.
The city boys were delighted }~ere.. The
lofty trees, with their tops wav.mg in the
· d The great variety of foliage. ~he
wm
· 1s. E very thm(l'o
birds.· The little sqmrre
was new to them. . .
.
16. They came to a brook. It bubbled
over the gravel as clear as crystal. The

·

~~~f~~:~~f~f~~~¥'' '·'" .
64

.

. ..

THE MORAL INSTRUCTOR.

little ·fishes hung suspended in the water.
Or they darted to and fro. .
17. They \valked along the banks. Presently they came to a deep pool. Here they
saw two large trout.
18. " This would be a good place to
bathe," said John. " The water is deep
enough to swi1n in."
19. ;, I can't swim," said Anson. "I
should be afraid to go in there/'
20. " Oh, well," said Edward, "you can
wash a little below. It is not · deep enough
there to dro,vn any body."
~ . So they all undressed, and went into
the
ater. Here they amused themselves
~or a \vhile. They swam. They splashed
in the water.
22. They came out of the brook. , Jam es
· . complained that they had no towels. He
did not see how he was to get dried, he said.
23. "Oh!" cried Edward, "we never
think · of towels. Le.t us take a run. · \'Ve
. shall get dry in a minute."
24. " Don't you take towels 1with you,
when you go to bathe?" said John.
25. "No," said Edward. "We never
trouble ourselves with such thirirrs. Do
you?"
b
26. "No," said John. '·'We go to a b~th­
house. The folks that keep it furnish towels."
.21. ". A bath-house '·" sa,;d
Ed war d .
•
" ·.What sort of a place is that?"

j

:

65

28. " It is a large house built in the river
to swim in," said John.
•
29. "W~y can't·you ~swim in the river?"
said Edward. ·
.
~· "Oh! there are house$ all along,".
said John. "It would ' not be right to un- ·
dress there." .
.
31. " Well. But could you not go wher~
there are no houses 7"
·. 32. "No. There are houses alonO' the
..__._ --. ""v.... river for several miles. · YV c should have to
go too far."
33. · Next day Mr. E Ilis told the boys he
had written to their mother. And he wished
then1 to write too. He had left some room
in his letter for them.
34. So they wrote as follows :
~

r'.)

35. Dear mother,
\'Ve have had a fine journey.
We have seen a great many curious things.
We shall have much to say to you when ,\·e
get home. \iVe wanted you and Susan to
be with .us very much . For we think you
would have been pleased. We should like
to stay a Iona time if you were here. For
it is very ple~sant. But we don't like to he ·:
long away from you and dear Susan.
36. So we want father to take us home
again soon. Oh ! how delighted we shall
be to see you and Susan again .
Your affectionate children, , ,
JOHN

PART

II.

AND JAMES ELLIS.

6*

.

37. The Ellises set out for. home again a
few d-ays after this. They found their mother
and sister well. And many a long story they
had to tell Susan about their travels.
Repeat the ~ubs tance of this lesson. Describe the picture minutely. Show the canal and lake on the map.
Tell how they travelled on each. \Vhat moves the canalboat? 'Vhat moves the steamboat? Explain, in if 2, journey; 4, situation, lofty ; 5, ramble ; ,6 , scenery; show
lakes Ontario and Erie on the map; 9, ocean; 14, poultry,
acquainted; 15, fol ia_g e} 16, bubbled _; suspended; ~7, tra v•
els. \Vere the Ellis ooys good, o"r naughty? Did they
love their parent:', or not? Did they love their sister 1
D o you th ink th ey e\'e r quarrelled? Do you think they
were more, or less happy than the boys they met in the
steamboat and canal-boat? Do you think being good
ma es u s feel more happy? \Vhich will make us more
h a pp , to have a great many things, or to be good? 'Vhat
does
e Bible say about this? A little that a righteous
man Hath is better than the riches of many wicked._ Ps. ·
XXX\·ii. 16.

LESSON XV.

Idleness, Sullenness, and Disobedience.

I

1. ""\VHAT shall we do with ourselves
to-day'?'' said II enry Huntly, 09e morning,
to his brother Horace.
2. " Is there to be 110 scho-ol?" asked
their mother.
3. "No," said I-Iorace. " The school
was kept all day last Saturday . . 'I'o-day we
have a complete holiday."
4. " O.h, let us go a-fishing," said llenry.
"We have pot caught any trout for a long
_-time."

5. " Well," said Horace, "where shall
we

go~"

6. " Let us go to the pond on the moun-

/

tain," said Henry. " Sometimes we catch
nice large fish there."
7. " Yes," said IIorace. "But then the
girls wi 11 be left at horn~. They can't go as
far as the pond. And if they could go, it's
too rough a p1ace for them to Climb up."
.
8 . ."What say you to the orchard?" said
l\lrs. Huntly. "I know that Julia and Eliza
-would be delighted to go there. Besides, it
is time that the winter apples were picked.
We shall soon have a frost. And that would
spoil them, if left on the trees.,,
9. "Oh, yes. Let us all keep together,
said Horace.
10. "Do so, rny dears," said J\'lrs. Huntly.
" I do love to see you kind to your sisters.
It does look so selfish to see boys going one
way, and their sisters another. llenry, ask ·
your father if you may harness Charlie to the
lumber wagon. If he can spare the horse,
you can easily gather all the apples before
night."
11. Mr. Huntly said they might take
Charlie. . The boys harnessed him to the
wacron. They threw in a couple of bundles
of ~traw, that the apples might not be ?rui~ed
by the jolting. A.nd they all set o~ in high
glee. 'fhe boys sat on a board,. laid across
the wagon. · The girls had a rnce seat on
the soft straw.
11

<\

;E~·

.·. -~~-,.~- -~ -:·

.. ~..

~-~~~~-~~::;. ~,

, -~;66 ~.<-"':·17,~ i· ~nE .

MORAL

37. The Ellises set ou't for home again a
fe\v days after this. They found their mother
and sister well. And many a long story they
had to tell Susan about their travels.
Repeat the ~ubstance of this lesson. Describe the picture minutely. Show the canal and lake on the map.
Tell how they travelled on each. 'Vhat moves the canalboat? "\Vhat moves the steamboat? Ex.plain, in~ 2,journey; 4., situation, l?fty; 5, ramble; 6, scenery; show
lakes Ontario and Ene on the map; 9, ocean; 14, poultry,
acquainted; 15, foliage; 16, bubbled; suspended; 37, trav·
els. \Vere the Ellis boys good, or naughty? Did they
love their parent:3, or no.t? Did they love their siste.r 1
Do you think they ever quarrelled? Do you think they
were more, or less happy than the boys they met in the
steamboat and canal-boat? Do you think being good ~
ma es us feel more happy? \Vhich will make us more
happv, to have a great many things, or to be good? \Vhat
does he Bible say about this? A little that a righteous
man
th is better than the riches of many wicked. , Ps.
:<XX\"ii. 16.
LESSON XV.

Idleness, Sullenness, and Disobedience.

I

1. "'V HAT shall \Ve do with oursehres
to-day?" said llenry Huntly, one morning,
to his brother Horace.
/
2. "Is there to be no scho.ol ?" asked
their mother.
S. "No," said 1-Iorace. " The school
was kept all day last Saturday. · . To-day we
have a complete holiday."
4. "O.h, let us go a-fishing,'~ said llenry.
"We have .~ot ·caught any trout for a long
ti"me."
'
.

5. " Well," said Horace, "where shall
.. ,
we go1"
6. " Let us go to the pond on the mo-µntain," said Henry. " Sometimes we catch
nice large fish there.' ~
.
7. " Yes," · said llorace. " But then the
girls will be left at home. They can't go as .
far as the pond. And if they could go, it's
too rQugh a place for them to Climb up."
8. " Wh_at say you to the orchard 1" said
l\lrs. Huntly. "I know that Julia and Eliza
would be delighted to go there. Besides, it
is · fimc that the winter apples were picked.
We shall .soon have a frost. And that would
spoil them, if left on . the trees.''
9. " Oh, yes. Let us all keep together,"
said Horace.
10. "Do so, n1y dears," said l\'Irs . Huntly.
" I do love to see you kind to your sisters.
It does look so selfish to see boys going one
way, and their sisters another. Henry, ask
your father if you may harness Charlie to the
lumber wagon. If he can spare the horse,
you can easily gather all the apples before
night."
.
.
11. Mr. IIuntly said they might take
Charlie. The boys harnessed him to the
wacron. They threw in a couple of bundles
of ~traw, that the apples n1ight not b~ ?rui~cd ~.
by the jolting. And they all set oft. in high
glee. 'fhe boys sat on a board,_ laid across
the wagon. · The girls had a mce seat on
the soft straw.
1

~~~f!EfjJ.i:~' ,.,i;·; t··,
~
.
~~.ii(..

~}1~;;;~~".?··~~~:':f~F::· ~· -;, ,~,,: ·''~.~ ;~~f; .:~'1: ·,_::;{'"­

. ··; 68

.

c T'o·a: -

I
,

'
/ f

Loo~- at ~he pict:r_J._

You will see them all
harU at work. Eliza has a basket full of
app~s on her arm. \ llenry is pulling do,vn
a branch. You can easily tell the others, I ·
suppose. Point th~m out, and name them.
[Here let the memb~rs of the class name the
children in the pict ure, and say what each
one is doing.]
\
:
13. Th~ wagon rvas n~t ~et quite full.
But the children began to feel tired. Horace ·
1
and the girls 'vanted to sit down and rest.
14. " No, no," said Henry. "Let ug
take the load home .. I am tired· of this kind
of work."
15. " Oh, no," said Julia. " Mother expects us to gather ~II the apples to-day.. It
would not be right to give up now. Let us
,rest a little. , \Ve sl~all soon he able to bedin
. as b.
I
~
again
ris k as ever."
. 1_6. "~o," said reni·y. · "I don't want
I

1

,,;

· -"'.~~:-t{-~·:; ... f .•~~y:

,·,-..' :·, .· .,,,NJ~<;'
'i:::f ~-(~'Ir_,; ~;~;·t

~ ~·:~~·:: 69 . ·f,!>-:'.~'"' · :·'

.THE MORAIL ll(STRUCTOR.

12. They got to ~he orchard. Henry cut
a hooked stick to pull do_wn the branches.

.

. " ., :1 :.~ \:·,.:,;.:;,-: ·... •3

to pick any more apples. I would rather
go a-fishing."
17. But llorace and the girls would rtot
s!op. _ They said they WQuld not go home
ull the wagon :w~s fulL ~ They sat down ·and
rested a few minutes. Then they set to
work again.
18. But Henry would' not assist the~.
He walked about the orchard. He threw
st_ones at the little birds. lie was losing his
temper. He felt more _unhappy every moment.
~ -i9: -.A t length the wagon was filled. Horace asked his brother to drive home. But
Henry ,w as sulky. · Ile would not answer.
So Horace took the reins himself.
20.· Henry was still sullen. He would
not say a word to his brother or sisters. He
would neither open nor shut the gate. He
would do nothing but throw stones at little
birds or squirrels.
21. Now, children, I"::> want you to take
notice what a foolish and naughty boy Henry ·
was.
22. He was born a tender infant. He
could do nothing for himself. His mother
had nursed him. l\fany a night she · had no
sleep for his cries. She had taken care of
·l'·.
him for many years. He was now a stout
boy.
23. Was it not right he should do all he
could for his mother? She asked him to
pick apples. "They were not for her alone.

~:~f·:;t:}~~:;;·~:.: ~ ~"4' ...·t~.! ... :-;;t~~'.i:/~:J~:.~~1· :~~;~~f~-.
•

c ' ,

•

70 . ·.

..•.

- ---·:~~t~:~w:t~-1:d~;~1;::~hr;, ~~t:;~·~!i~l.

~, t THE MORAL" INSTRUCTOR.

l

They wer.e for h~mself. They were for all
the family. But no. He grumbled and got
angry.
I
·
24. He 'vas the oldest. The other children looked · up td him. The younger children ge~erally do j what they see the older
ones do. He should have set them a good
example then. But no. lie did not behave
as well ~s they did.
25. Now, how do yo~ think he felt when
he was doing so1 Did he feel as pleasantly
as if he had continued his _w ork? 'Vas he
as happy1 Did he feel as well as his brother
land his sisters 1 Did it do him any good to
e idle1 Which \Yould you rather be, Henry
o\ Horace1
.
~6. Well. If you should ever f~el as
Henry did, stop. Consider how foolish it is
to destr oy your own happiness. Recollect
how wi 9ked you thought it was to act so. ·
Remember how you blamed Henry. Remember how much better you liked Horace
and his \sisters. Recollect all this, and this
story will do yon some good. /
21. \'V c cannot feel happy when we are
naught~.
God has so made u~, that we are
happy only when we are good,.
28. See now how one wicked thing leads
to another. Henry did not do what his
mother told him. 'rhat made him feel cross
and uneasy. . He had nothing to do. Idle
people always get into mischief. I-le began
to thr~'v -stones at the poor little birds.
1

i
i

INSTRUCTOR.

'

·

<71 ·

.

Surely they had never hurt him. Cruel b~y !
Unhappy boy! Don't you pity him? If he
does .not change his conduct, he will always
be miserable.
"
...

./

r

~epeat the sub.stance. of this lesson. Explain the fol1owrng wo~ds: ~ 8, delighted to go th.er£;; where? that ·
w?uld spoil them; w:har would? 10, selfish; 17, then
they ~e,t to work again; when? Is it best for brothers
a~d sisters to play together? or should every one go off
his. own way? Should the large children try to amuse
then small7r brothers or sisters, or should each one think
only for h~mself? \Yhich w_ay will make us happier?
~ _ Sh q.,ulsJ.." children continue their play, or not, when their
father or mother want them? Can \Ve ever do as much
for our parents as they have done for us? '\Vas it ri crht,
or wrong:, for Henry to . stop working? \Vhat made him
feel cross nnd unhappy? 9 25. I s it ricrht or wronrr
to
0
throw stones at little birds '? - Do they e~·er' sing for ~s?
Do theY: ever do us any hurt? \Vh a t do es the Bible say
about birds? Are not two sparro\\"S sold for a farthing?
nnd one of them shall not fall on the ground without your
Father. l\Iatt. x. 29. Explain farthing, and Father.

LESSON

XVI.

Idlcriess, Sullenness, and Disobedience, continued.
1. THE Hunt.lys soon reached home with
the apples. But now Henry began to feel
ashamed. "And he was a little afraid to have
his mother know how he had behaved. So
he thought he would help to unload the wagon.
2. Ilut it is hard . for a child to change
from bad to good. · The fact is, Henry was
as naughty as ever. It was only fear and

·-

~1~~---,~-. ~~c~)-,}., :i)\- .:~'> ,;';~·;<; ;;,~·; ,:/;;_~\;,/ - ~'; .~ >:t;i:•}J.ff.:~~~~~?_-.· ,)

.

•er . ,.., ..

THE MORAL Il'fSTltUCTOR.

TilE MORAL INSTRUCTOR.

For when he was-alone, he began to see how .
naughty he had been. He felt how foolishly
he had acted._ He had made himself unhappy for the whole of the day.
SL This was a good lesson for Henry.
He determined never to do so again. He
asked pardon of God. Then he began to
feel better.
32. The rest of the day he spent in study;
He looked over his geography. He worked
some sums in arithmetic. So he did not lose
all the day.
,. 33. Henry never acted so badly again.
l{e became as good as the rest of the family.
H~ frequently tells his brother how much h~
suffered that day. How foolish he was to
destroy all his pleasure.
34. The rest of the children stuck to their
~ork.
Apd they had the pleasure of finishing
} it-the pleasure of doing their duty.

LESSON XVII.

76

.

1

_ Repeat the substance of this lesson. Explain :\vhat follows: 'U 1, But now; when~ There are words in the Italic
character in 8, 9, and 10. Why? 10, When he could not
see them; what does them stand for? 15, how cruel this
was; cruel what was? think of it; think of what? 16
He did it; did what? 17, This was only; what was f
24, but for that; w~at? Why did Henry help to unload
the w_agon? · (m7ntion both reasons.) Ho\v did Henry's
be?av1or make hi1!1 feel? ~hat does the Bible say about
this ? But t~e wicked a:re like the troubled sea, when it
cannot rest, ;vhose waters cast up mire and dirt. There is
no peace, saith my God> to the wicked. Isa. lviL 20> 2L
I

77

The Family of L9ve.

·'

i)

· I. IT was a cold wintry night. The wind·
whistled loud and shrill round the houses.
The snow fell fast. It collected in drifts.
It was a dreary night to be abroad.
2. But Mrs. Barnes and her children sat
round a blazing fire. The tea-table was ~et.
.The kettle was boiling. They only waited
till Mr. Barnes came home.
S. " Oh! what a cold night for poor
father!" said IVIary. "I wonder what can
keep him so late."
,, .
' .
4. "He will soon be here, sa1~~er ~othei :
5. "I am sure I wish he w~s, _sat~ ~ob ~
ert. "Only hear how the wind 1oa1s. It
must be dreadfully cold."
6. At that n1oment the door opened. ~r.
Barnes stepped into ~he parlor. 1:h.e chiloren crowded round h1m;
7*
PART II.

l' ',-

. -··_·- ~~ '?~;~11fr·.~ 0:;"':(:·~.:~i~+i'.'.~~/~}.:;fa~:;i,f

·. .
· ., , , · · · · -75 ~:, ): '. _
.,., THE . .' MORAL I ~STRUCT<JRr

r;:·,~~i. -~~j~~t -~

-

;

•

.'

- . ••

•• ··

~

••. -

•

. ·~·· .

• ,. ...._.. }'.·'.'"').~:."!'~":'.'X; .

·~:

of

- 7. Mary set a chair near the fire for her
father. Robert took his hat and great-coat.
William took his over-shOes.
8. " Can't I do something for dear papa 1"
lisped little Emma.
9. "Yes, my dear. That you can. Come
and give· me a kiss," said her father; taking
her into his lap.
.
10~ The Barneses were a truly happy
fa~ily._ Don't you see .that they were?
The children always did . what their parents
told them. They did it immediately. They
di~ it cheerfully.
11. But this was not all. Did they know
\vnat their parents wanted 1 Then they did
not ait to be told. They were always trying o find out what would please them;
12. The children loved each other, too.
If one of them got any thing, the rest were
sul'e to have a share of it. - They never went
into a corner.to eat their good things . . The
h?ys never.ran away, and left the girls. · "The
girls never: sneaked off, never stole· out of the
way of the boys.
/
13. Robert and Mary and William went
to school. , But, after school, they seldom
stayed to play in the streets. They thought
of little Emma, and made haste home.
14. "P?or, dear Emma is all alone "
Willie _would say. "We must not forg'et
Emma." , · .
·
·
15. Aft~r supper the children took their
.books. l\'~flry had Hoary Head. William .
:
i

79

..I

took one
the Rollo books. Robert had
Parley's Magazine. ..
16. "Oh, 4ere .is the.story, about James,"
said Roher~. " I read a part of it to · you
last night. Shall I read the rest no,v7''
J 7. " No ! " said Mary. " Better wait till
Emµia goes to bed. She won't understand
it. · .)';~It will make her restless and uneasy." .
-18. " Change books with me," said William to Robert. " There are a great many
..., -~- - p_ictl!~«:s in the Ma~azine. I'll sh?w t.h~m
to~ mma. They will keep her qmet while
you (f.re re·a ding."
'
.
19: " Or . suppose we all sing the new
song we le-arned at school last week," said
Mary.
·
20. "Oh, yes! the song! the song ! " cried
the rest.
"'
,21. Mary and the two boys accordingly
sung the following lines, written by Miss
Hayward:
WINTER EVENING FIRESIDE.

22. Come, let us sit down by the beautiful fire,
That sparkles so pleasant and warm; .
The wind of the night rises higher and hlgher1
Yet we are secure from the storm~
- 23. Sit down-our dear mother •shall sing us a song;
The snow-bird, that sits in the tree,
He cheerfully stays, though the winter is long,
As happy as happy can be.
24. He gathers his food, though the me~dows are white,
And sunbeams o'erclouded and dim;.
Sit down· our dear mother shall make us, to-mght,
•·
Be che~rful and happy like him.
e

- 2_5. " Oh, what a pretty song ! " cried
Emma. , "Won't you sing it over again. I
love to hear about the little' snow-bird."
26. The children sung the song again, to
please their sister.
27. ":I do love to see the pretty snowbirds come round the house," said Emma.
28. "What becomes of the snow-birds in
summer1" said 'Villiam.
29. " ,They are wild in the warm weather,"
said his father. " They live in the woods, and
in by-roads where there is not much travel.
But in ,\·inter they flock round the houses
;yid barn's , to pick up what they can find.
or they can't get any thing to eat in woods
an . by-~oads then. They are all covered .
wi snow."
30. E:mma now retired to bed. Robert
and Willian1 read stories aloud from the
M agazinf, by turns. l\1ary took her knitting.
Her mother sewed. And thus the long winter
evening passed pleasantly away in thi$ FAM1fii OF LovE.
.

I

LESSON XVIlI.

\"

.

The Unhappy Family.

/

1.

'.;..

i~- the matter with the
boy 1" said Mrs. Bru~e to her son Charles, ·
a la_d about thirteen y~qrS 'old . . " Who could
have abused you so? I-low came you in
such a condition?"
2. · No .wonder Mrs. Brµce was astohished.
Her__son tiad gon·e to school well dressed and
..·c lean: ·. : And . now, see the difference ! His
new hat ~ was . crushed and soiled with mud.
llis face .Rnd bosom ~ere .covered with blood.
His ·shirt:.wa.~ torn . .; The ruffles hung down
over his waiStcoat . . - Only imagine you see
him ! What a figure he must have been!
S. "Tell me;'' cried his mother,-'' tell
me who it was th~t treated you so."
4. "It was brother John," sobbed out
Charles at last. '' He struck me and tore
my clothes."
.
5. " Oh! what a set of naughty children
I have got," said his mother. " I cann?t
have a moment's peace for you. You will
be the death of me at last."
6. "It Was not my blame," replied Charles.
" John · treated me as you see, · because I
would not 'give hirn my top."
•
7. " Go up stairs,'~ said his moth.er.
" Wash yourself, and put on a clean shirt.
Your father ou bu ht · to pt1nish both
of you.
.
'>
For you have bee11 as bad as John, no 2oubt ..

I.

.

Repeat t~e substance of this lesson. Pescribe the picture "!inutely, naming the different persons. Explain the ·
foll?wmg: ~ 1, shrill ; collected in drifts; dreary; abroad ;
8, hsped; 22, secure; 30, by turns; vVhat sort of a family haYe you been reading about? · What makes them a
happy family? See 10. Should children wait to be told
·before they do any thing for their parents? See 11. Is a
person th:it !loves nobody but himself happy or u~happy?
Does lovmg our parents make us happy or unhappy?
~ow doe~ loying our brothers and sisters make us feel ? Is
It our duty, <;>r not, to love one another? _What does Christ
· say about t?is? These things I command you, that ye
love one another. John xv. 17.

-'.;

"WHY;· what

. '~·

22. '' Laura must 'have been kind and gentle to every body. If she'had ever been unkind
to any ~ne, her father would have felt badly.
He would surely have ·wished her c_h anged.
23. " Laura must have been polite to all.
Do you know what. politeness mea~s 1 It
does not mean bowing or courtesying, or
any thing like that. It means trying to make ,
every body feel pleasantly. Laura could
-· never have used harsh words. No. · Nor
·d one things that would ,m ake her friends feel
badly. That would have vexed her father.
He would have wished her changed.
24. "Laura must always have been thank~ - ful to God.
She must always have remem"ber.ed that he was with her; that he saw
er and heard her. She must have been
regular "in her prayers. She must have been
attentive at church. If not, her father nlust
have wished her changed. For he was a
good man, a religious man.
25. "And now, my dear Hannah, could
not you try always to be so that I should
never wish you to be changed 1 Don't you
see what a good and a happy girl it would
make you 1 Why could not you try always
to be like Laura 1"
26. "I will try, my dear mother. And
will you remind me of sweet Laura, whenever you think I am beginning to do wrong?"
27. "That will be a good-plan, anexcellent
plan. The memory of Laura will thus be
useful _to you. . It will be just as good as if

.

you had an angel ·always hovering round you ;
an angel to whisper softly to you when .·you
were about to do wrong. In this way, a dead
friend 1nay be ~ore '!seful than a living .one."
Repeat the substance of this lesson. Explain what follo\VS: ~ 5, such thoughts as _these ; what thoughts? _9,
that is right; what is right? trifle with me; 18, prompt;
20, never did any thing for them; for whom? 21, pains
them; ' pains whom? never ·could have done this; done what? 27, memory of LaUja. Let the pupil poirit out
the speaker wherever she is '\ot mentioned. vVas it right
for Hannah to say her brothelrnight pick the peas? How
_ ought ~he to have done?
See 7. vVhat did the minister say
about Laura? What sort of a girl must Laura have been
to deserve such a character? vVould it make you more
or less happy to be like her? '\Vhat is it to be polite?
vVhat is Christ's great rdle of politeness? Whatsoever
ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to
them: for this is the law and the prophets. Matt. vii. 12.
"' LESSON XXL

Truth and Moral Courage.

I. Do you see that little girl, reading to her brother?

. ...

·.~

~

2. Iler name is l\'lary <?n~~sh
3. Her brother's name 1s Q nh. b ther
·
4 Mary is reading a story to er ro
Th~ book is the Third Part of the Moral
Instr uctor. ·
.
·
h
· 5. Her father ..has JUSt bo\]g\1t !t for er~
6. She finished reading the $econ!\ P.art
at the school this morning.
7. Would you like to know something
about l\Iary and J ohri?
8. Well, I will telJ you ali I know .abou~

M

ili~.

.

~ .

· _9 . Both the children ar? .good. But ~ry
j~, perhaps, the finest cnild you ever m(,:)t
with.
'
.
.
a· b
10. Iler parents say she IS never ISO .e~
. t · They never knew her to tell a he.
d1en
.
·
ld
'Vould you not be glad if your pa.r ents -cou
say .that of you?
l l. Perhaps you will think it str~nge that
l\iary's parents never knew her to he. But
it is true for all that.
12. Would you like to k,now ,-vhy Mary
nev'e r te\ls lies?
JS. I will tell you. I~ is because she is
not a coward.
14. She is never . afraid of her father or L
{.-~
mother. · She is never afraid of any body.
15. But why is she never afraid of any body?
16. Because she tries hard never to. do
any thing wrong, never to say any thing
wr,9.l)g. .No.. S.h~ dop~ not. ~UQ\Y per~elf
even to think of doing any thing WX~ll,g·
'

I
I

. I'
..

.

-

..

.

17. Mary may sometimes do so~ething
that she ·~ is not sure is quite right. .·. well.
What does she do then 1 She goes <;lirectly
to her mother and tells her.
·
18. And _so ·1\'larv· learns whether it is
wrong or ·n ot. 1-f it~is, her mother ·tells her
to ask forgiveness _of God., And she tells
h~r to· be careful never to do so any more.
. ~ 19. So Mary asks forgiveness, and re~
solves to be more careful. She then feels
easy and ~ happy.
_20. Now, children, cannot you see why
· · ~'M ary never tells lies 1 It is because she has
nothi~g to hide. ,
_2 L ·By confessmg her faults, she sees how
wrong they are;and by trying to avoid them,
she becomes b.~tter and better every day. ·
22. N augnty .children n~ver can feel . easy
and happy. They'never can feel like l\'Iary.
They musf always feel anxious. They must
be afraid of being found out.
23. That makes them restless and uneasy,
and mean and cowardly. It makes them
try to hide their faults by telling lies.
24. In this way chil<lren become worse
and worse every day. For a lie seldom
stands alone. When one lie i ~ told, \Ve are
pretty sure to have n1ore.
· .
25. Children often intend to tell only o!le
lie. But that can hardly be. More lies
have to be told to hide the first. And every
new lie calls for more. So at last they become confirmed liars. They lie every day.
PART IJ.
· 9
"'

"

.~ -

- : • ·-·. ,,._..., .. :-.::: t';">f:''"'~'.":~,,..:":":( ... ~"'i:; ;~~~:>7:': ·~·"4-,._..,., ~~'":t"~~-.,"'- " ~! "••.''"'><•- ...;;.¥""

•

~·~·. ;-..:~~{QQ --~ .

'o':'',r:;i,. HE "' MORAL ~· INSTRUC
.TO
~~~~~· -~-~~~~~~~ ~~-.J~~,J;
~~
..... ·:-·;·,~i'f ._,. ,,~·! . ~..:· c"•'!'" '"·..'"" '""''"·
-:

.

,. .... ... ... ,, """.' . .' . , ..,." ,

'

"

26.· The only way; then, to be sure that
-we shall not become confirmed liars, is this :
To determine never to lie at all. For if we
tell one lie, we cannot· tell where \VC shall
stop. ·
27. There is another thing I wish you to
understand. If people were never to lie,
they l\'oul_d verJ seldon1 do any thing that
" 'as wicked.
, 28. A thief must first be liar. For who
·would steal and tell of it2 Nobody, surely.
That would be too silly. A thief is always
a Jiar too.
29. It is the same with most other wicked
<i 11ings. ' "\Ve should very seldom do them if
lye spoke nothing but the truth. For wicked
p~ple are alw_ays ashamed to be wicked.
T'Wey always lie to hide their wickedness . . .
SO. My dear child, always tell the truth
t hen. Never tell a lie. And then you are
sure to be good. It is , hardly possible for
you to h.e wicked.
.
SI. And this will make you happy too.
~good ?hiltl, you know, must be happy. A
liar nev~r can. He must alw~ys be uneasy.
H e must always be afraid of being found out.
S.2. L '.i ars are very much to be pitied.
Poor un~appy creatures! Are you not sorry
fpr -them?'

I

I
I
./

a

.

th~ ~upils

_Let
describe the picture, and repeat the sub. stance o~ th,e lesson., and then explain, with the aid of th(}.
teacher, if lhey cannot make it out by the context: title,
m~ra.l
cour~ge;
11, for all that; for all what? 21 , how
..
. , _.... .
.I .

-

..,,

wrong they are; what are meant by they? ;23, That
makes them cowardly; what does? 24, In this way; in
what way? 25, so; confirmed. Why does Mary never
tell lies? Why is she never afraid of any body? What
does she do when she thinks she . is wrong? How does
she feel when ·she has doriet his? Would you feel happy, ·
if you were· to do so ? \Vhy do children tell lies? See
20. . How shall we be sure never to be confirmed liars?
' See 26. Is this the only way to be sure of it J Why?
See 26. ·Are people ever wicked without being liars ? Are
t!iiev.es . always liars? W~y are wicked people always
liars ? . See 29. · What will be sure to make us good ?
See 30. W_ill speaking the truth make us happy? Why?
·. See 31. Can liars ever feel easy and happy? Why?
Should we hate liars, or should we be sorry for them, and
'""' j)ity -tl:ie m? We should hate no body. '\Ve should i:>ity
liars, -~nd try to make them better. What does ~he Bible
say of 'truth ? The lips of truth shall be estabhshe.~ foreve'r ·: but a lying tongue is but f?r. a moment. Prov. xu. 19.

.

LESSON XXII.

Obedience.

:i

I. WELL, children, how were you pleased
with Mary Curtis1 You read about her,- ·
you know, in your .last lesson ..
2. I suppose you would hke to know
somethino- more about her. You want to be
acquaint~d with so fine a girl. . .
S. ·One day, two of her cousms came _,t o
visit her. Their -names "were Sarah and
Julia Miller.
4. The Millers lived abo.u t four miles off.
:rhey came to spend a week with their co usins.

f·

•.

..

'•

5. Mary and John took . the girls out to
the garden. There they showed them all
their pretty flowers.
6. They went next to the barn-yard.
l\Iary's chickens and doves were there. She
wanted her cousins to see them.
7. Then they went ·back to the house.
J\ilary showed Sarah a11d Julia a nest, in tbe
piazza. It had four young birds in it. · A
pair of robins had built it.
8. Mary and John had"been careful fiever
to frighten these birds. They often fed them
with crumbs, and with small pi_e ces of meat.
· -9. So the robins became quite tame.
.... hey sang very sweetly every . _morning.
Bl?metimes they sang in the evening too,
eS)ecially when the family took tea in the
piazza. Birds love to hear the rattling of
cups and plates. ,.
·
. 10. There was a pretty grove near the
house. Mary asked her mother if she mi 0crht
take her cousins there.
· .
. 11. Her.,mother ·said she might. So they
all went together after dinner. John carried
/
his little tin canister.
·
12. _l\'.lary and her brother were making a
collection of flowers, and another collection
of leaves.
13. · They pressed and dried the flowers
. and leaves between old newspapers. After
they were dry, .t hey fixed them in a book, and
lvrote the names of the plants under them.
14. They used a c_a nister to carry the

<.

_/

I

plants. ~he leave~ wou~d shrivel up, j(Jhey ·
were earned home in their hands.
·.
1.5. Sarah ~nd Julia were delighte.d with
their walk. ... 'I he\,._gr?v.e was shadl and cool.
The trees were . tall and straight. And
all the brush.wood had been cleared away.
16. A brook pass,ed through the . grove.
The stream was rapid and clear. · A tree had
faJlen across it. This made an excellent
bridge. Here the child,rcn loved to sit, and
. wa.t ch the speckled trout. They would often~
_ . _ <;!<;!rt backwards and forwards, up and do\vn, ~ 1
under the tree.
.. 'i?
1
17 . . On a bush, a little below, a pair of
yello-w-birds had built their nest. They were
now rearing their young. l twas very pleas~
1,
...
ant to observe their motions. The children ·
sat on the bridge to look at them." The birds
were constan.tly coming· to the nest ·with food
for the little ones.
18. After . resting a while here, the children filled their canister \vith plants, and · .
· leaves of various shapes. . TheJ picked some
along the banks of the brook. They picked
others in different parts of the grove. 'rhey
then set out to return home.
19. As they left the grove; they met a
party of b_oys and girls. ~ach of them ha¥ .
a basket. They were going to gather blueberries on a hill about a mile off.
20. The girls . wanted l\Iary and her
friends to join them.
·
21. "I am sorry I 'c ari't go," said Mary.
PART , I I.
9*
.

AL
,, But John and I never · g~ from horn~ till
·. - et leave from my father or 1nother.
w~~- "Oh!" said Charlotte Bell, "they
We shall be home long
wou Id n ~t. be an<Yrv
0
.
',
before supper-time. ·
,
23. ''Your father . a!:d ~ot~er need n t
know anJ thing about it, said Bill Sherma~;
24. " I am sorry to hear you say that,
said l\lary. '' Do you think we wou}d do
wrong because father and rnother don t see

some new books from the city. Now. they

.I.

?"

25. "

•

us
Oh, there's no use in talking to
l\Iary ," said Charlotte. " She makes s,o
m uch fuss ahout ri(Tht and wrong. We cant
0
lease her unless we
do- exactly so. "
\ 26. "Why should you call it fu_ss1_" sai~
Mary. "Is it not best to do what is right 1
27. Charlotte said nothing. She put up
her lip, and walked on. The rest of the
party followed.
28. " I am sorry, for your sake, that we
could not go," said l\Iary to her ·cousins.
"I dare say they will have a pleasant time."
29. "Yon were perfectly; right," said
Sar~h.
"We should not have enjoyed the
party at all. It '.yould not be right to go
· without your mother's leave."
30. When the children got home, they
found Mr. Curtis opening a small bundle.
· It had just arrived by the stage from Boston .
.31. Mary and John were delighted to see
it. They knew that their father had ordered

~~~1£~~~:£t~~;~f~;~~;il;l:;;tit:~: ,·

INs·fiitrcToi :<~;·:/: - :fw :

.\
/

felt sure that these books had come. ,
32.. As soon as the bundle was ·untied,
their father exclaimed,~
33. '' Here is something more aoout your
friend Rollo ! And Jonas too ! Here .are
some new books about Jonas ! ,,
· "34. Luckily there was more th~n one new
book for each of the children. 1'1r. Abbott,
who writes these books, makes them very fast.
But not so fast as the children want them.
35. Did these books come now .because
the children had been so good? Perhaps
some of my readers may .think so.
36. ·But · they are quite mistaken if they
do think so. God does not reward goodness
with such kind of things.
.
37. No. God's sun rises alike on the evil
and on the"'g ood. He gives plenty of food
to every one who is industriou~ and ~are~ul.
He gives them plenty of clothnig, and even
luxuries.
38. A bad man may have more property
than a good man. For property is not the·
reward of goodness.
.
,
39. God does not give us any thrng that
we eat, or drink, or wear, because we are
good. He does not give us books, or any
thin(T
that we can see or handle, because we
0
·are good. No. The rewards of goodness
are things entirely different. .
. . . •.;.
- 40. But we shall talk more about this 1u
the next lesson.

. ',

-

,

""~:~~: -

INSTifrtcToR • . : :~·. 'i.05
Repeat the substance of this lesson, .and tell, by the h~Ip
of the teacher if necessary, the meamng of the followmg
words : 5, there ; where? 6, went next: then ; when?
7, piazza; 11, canis~er; 13, fixed them; fixed what: 14,
shrivel ; 23, about it; about what? 2~, say that, say
what 1 37, on the evil and the good; evil an~ g?o~ what?
luxuries. "\Vhen birds come about a house, IS It right, or
\Vrong, to try to catch or fright~n them ?. Who made the
birds 1 - "\Vill he be pleased, thmk you, if you needl~ssly
hurt or frighten them ? Do you love to hear them smg ? ./
.Are they happy .or unhappy while they si~g? :May you
not consider their songs as a hymn of praise to God, for
his kindness to them? Do you.love to walk in the woods?
For whom has God made the woods so beautiful, and so
cool and shady? To whom should \Ve be grateful (what
is grateful?) for these blessings.?. "\Vould it have been
right, or wrong, for Mary to have JOmed the party? \Vhy ?
\Vas it right, or wrong, for Charlotte to call what :Mary
said fuss? "What does the Bible say about obedience to
lar~nts~ Childr_en, obey your .parents in .~11 things: for
tftis is well pleasmg unto the Lord. Col. m. 20.
.

to

LESSON XXIII.

The Pleasures of the Soul, and the Pleasures of the Body.· ·
'(THE two following chapters, and the seven first sectiona
of the next, may be omitted if the pupils are very young.
On the second reading, let them be repeated again and
again, till they are thoroughly mastered. And while the
children are reading, let them be frequently and thoroughly questioned, so that you may be sure every sentence is
under-stood.]
.
,

1. Do you remember the last lesson1 We
talked in it about the way that God rewards
us for being good. It was not, I said, by
- giving _us good things to eat. No. Nor

g?~d things to - ~rink or wear. It was not by
g1v1ng us any tlung that we can see or handle.
He does not reward us so.
·
2. ' These are things wnich he gives to
every body. And he gives plenty of them,
too, to the beasts of the field. . He gives them
to the birds of the air, and to all his creatures.
We have only to be industrious, and careful
waste nothing, and we shall have plenty of
such things. We shall have them whether
we ar~ good or not.
... B. How is it, then, that God rewards good
people1 How is it that he punishes the
wic~ed 1 I will,, try to explain it to you;
Pay attention, and I think you will understand it. would you not like to know1
· 4. Every person has a body and a soul.
y OU have a body and a soul. The body is
that part of "you which you can see and feel.
Your head and your feet; your stomach und
your back, are parts of your body. The soul
is that part of you which thinks. It can
neither --be seen nor felt. It is sometimes
called the mind.
5. The body lives but a few years. It
then dies, and crumbles to dust in the grave.
The soul lives forever. It never dies. The
soul is the real man. The body is only his'~
case, his covering.
6. The enjoyments of the body are eating
and drinking. Q.lothing, and play; good
health, money, property, and s'uch like things,
belong to the body.
t""

}

; t

.

'

;,

~~m~~~~:~~~!J:r.;t~¥fu~b~~1. ·~ -

..

fiuhtings among. you? Come they, not he:1ce, even. of yon:r.
r:Sts that war in your m~mbers? James iv. 1.
.

LESSON XXXI.

What .11.nimals are made for.

I. "PR.A y, papa/,. said Sophia, "what
.

.

C'

'l"

,vere flies made 1or.
.
2. "For some good, I dare say," replied
her papa.
-,
'
3. ''But I think they do. a great ·d eal more
harm than good. I am sure they plag~e me
sadly. And they are very troublesome in the
kite en. We can hardly do our work for
the ·."
4. '' -Flies," said her papa, " eat up many _
things that would otherwise spoil and s~ell
badly. Besides, they serv~ for f~?d to birds,.
· - spi<ler~, and many other animals.
5. "But we could keep every place clean
without their help," said ~ophia. " .T hey
afford food to some animals, I know.' But
I have seen whole heaps of them lying dead
- in a window ; surely, these have not done
good to any thing."
6. " \Vell, the~,'' said her papa," suppose a fly was capable of thinking. Would not he
be puzzled to find out what men were good
for~ ''This great two-legged moi:ster,' he
might . say, ' ·does not help us . to hve. · He
devours more food at a meal than v;ould serve
_ ·-a legion of flies. Then he kills us by hun-

.I

..~red~, when

\\:e come within his reach.

And
I see him .destroy and torment aH other tini- 1

mals too. When he dies he is nailed up.in a
box, and put a great way tlnd~r ground. I
·suppose he g~udges doinj{any more good after
his death · .than when alive.' Now tell me '
w.hat would 'yoti say to such a · fly1"
.
- 7. " I would tell hirri he 'vas very imper.tinent," said Sophia. '' That he should not
talk so to his betters. That he and other ·
creat~res were · made for the use -of man, and
. not ·man for them."
·-- -8. ' "But would that be true'! .You have
just said .you could not find out of what use
flies were to us. · But, when they suck our
blood, we are certainly of use to them."
9. " That is the thing which puzzles 1ne,
papa."
10. "I will try to explain it to you. There
are a great many animals which are hurtful
to us. Besides, there are vast tracts of the
earth where few or no men inhabit, which yet are full of beasts~ birds, and insects. These
certainly do not exist there for his use alone.
On the contrary, they often keep man away."
11. "Then what are they made for?"
12. "They are· nlade to be happy. God
meant to give life to vast numbers of creatures,
that vast numbers nlight be happy. Man en- ·~
joys more than any other animal, for he has
more powers of enjoyme~t. He _-has great
prospects in another life too, which other ani1Uals have not. But Goo . desires all
his
_,._

I

·..

creatures to .be happy. I-le looks . <low}]. as
kindly on these flies sporting around us as be
_does upo~ ~~s."'
·
.
.
13. "1'hen _we ought not to kill them, I
suppose, if they are -ever so troubleso~e." .
14. " r.do not say that. we have a right to
make use of animals. To destroy su<.:h as are
hurtful to .us. But we should never abuse
the~ for amusement. We shol..rld never take
their .lives for sport. They have no other life
but this. A good-natured man wi 11 rather
suffer a l~ttle trouble frmn them, than take
a' ay their. all. I once read of a good old
that had been a long time plagued \Vith
~ g\~~t fly. It ~uzzed about his face all the
t1me\ he was at dinner. At ·Jcngth he cau;ght
it. But. he did n~t crush it to cleat h. -No ; ·
he held it cal·efully in his hand, and opened
lhe w indow. ' Go,' said he. 'Get thee gone,
poor creature. I won't hurt a hair of thy
he~d. Surely the world is ·wide enough for
•. thee and me.' "
..ll.ltered from the Evenings at llo1ne.

.

''
./

... .•·

man,

'l

-·

.·

..

.

,.

~,,;

.':'. ,

,

~~ i

'
.. ' ;'

""~·

,{~+

;,
~ "

.

l

.

I

~;._-~- .r, ~R_~~at the substance .of this lt>sson . . vV.ho made all the

~;-- ~~}-~~~ ~ Why did he make them? .Do you think, then,
,. --thaChe will be pleased to see us torment or hurt them?
Will be be pleased if we kill them needlessly? Does God
always see us? Shoul~ we be cruel lo animals if we remembered that? \Vhat does the Bible say about God's
care of the animals? Are not five sparrows sold, for two
farthmgs, and not one of them is forgotten before God?
Cans~de~ the ravens, for they neither sow nor reap; which
h~ve · ne1ther store-house nor barn; and God feedeth them.
·Luke xii. 6, 24.
·
·
- -THE END.

··-

....
'.,

~-"'

·-.
. :: .. i

: ·~~

?j~~~~1 ..
.

.... ·

• ·t .

,, ~~' . ,~~~ :~: -:.:-~ ;

.

. .

.

... ,

..

.

. ....

_. ...-

·· ...

PALMER'S MORAL INSTRUCTOR.
I

{

THE

MORAL INSTRUC·T OR;
on.

,,

.\ '

I,

CUL TURK OF THE . HEART, AFFECJIONS,
AND INTELLECT, ..•
......-.,,,..

WHILE

...

,11.

,
<.'

\

'.:

LEARNING TO R/EAD . ·

This the first duty, carefully to train
.'fhe children in the way that they ~hould go; Then of the family of Guilt and Pain'
How large.a part were banish'd from below.
SOUTHEY.
~.· ·

-~·

.'.1&

BY THOMAS H. PALM.ER,
'·'

AUTHOR OF '! HE PRIZE ESSAY ON EDUCATION1 , !j:NTITLEil Cl TIIP!
" 1°''~; .. :•':.F · . :;,:· ,' TEACIIER 1S MANuAI .. "

PUBLISHED BY
THOMAS , COWPERTHWAIT .t CO., PHILADELPHIA; A. V. BLAKE, NEW
YORK; DURRIE .t PECK, NEW HAVEN i BROWN & PACKARD,
HARTFORD i ISAAC H. CADY, PROVIDENCE; AND JOHN
W . FOSTER, PORTSMOUTH, N. H.

Wl\'I. D. TICKNOR&; CO., BOSI'ON, GENERAL AGENTS.

...

. .

,

..

'·

(
I

t"

i

1842,

,1ont.

· 1,1

(

.•

/

t~rted so as t~ appea! )~~~ idvoca~ii1.K~~e teachf~g of reli..
g~o?s tenets m_ sc~o~!~~;(- _
In the PI_,,s~nt;~'-t~te ~-~ftJmciety,
d1v1ded as .we are, ana-as we are h'kely;'j o remain,_into
such a variety of sects, the scheme would be a failurepe~h~ps de~ervedly so. But, because the great variety of
rehg10u.s faith, af!d m~des of worship, and the danger of
~onvertmg the s_
c ho?l mto an en~ne of religious proselyt\ ism, absolut.ely forbid the teachmg of religious doctrines
there, does It follow ~hat every species of moral training
must be excluded? - -Does not this circfornstance rather ~nhance th~ neces~ity of a p~culiar attention to that part
of mor11l mstruct1on to which no such objection can
"" apply _? - Is there~. not an exte~sive field, which may be·
• : reg8:rded as com~on ground, _m respect to which every
portion of socie~y is perfectly agreed? Is there any
parent, who doe~ not desire his child to be trained to
--- - t~e... practice. of virtue, and to the avoidance of every
- v1c10us habit? that he should be inspired with veneration, gratitude, and love to God? that he should be
honest, faithful, humane, and gentle, obedient to his
parents, true tc>' his word? -that he should possess moral
courage and self-control; industry, perseverance, economy, and temperance; patience, _fortitude, magnanimity,
and cheerfulness? Surely not. - On these, -and such
like- points, we shall meet with -perfect unanimi ty.
The series of reading books, of which th e present
for ms a part, has been \Hi tten pri ncipally with th e vie\V
of introdu cin g i nto on r schools an ea.sy meth od of
awakening and developing the conscience", and keeping
it in conti nual action . T his is not attempted to be
done, however, by moral lectures, or sage apophthegms.
These will rarely have any effect upon early youth,
save the pernicious one of producing a dreamy wandering of mind, of the most fatal tendency both to i~tel- lectual and moral culture. But the plan is, to excite
the conscience to judge and act for "itself, and to
strengthen it by continual use, by means of a series of
questions, arising naturally from the subjects read, and
suited to the capacity of even infant minds. _
Nor will the effects of this moral training be exclusively
confined to the culture of the heart. _ It is believed, that a
glance at these questions will show, that_they will afford -_
],.

-

(.

.;,'

-,

"
"'-!
· .~./..

-"

•

Y

_f · .._,'

•

•

L-~~~~~. ,~..t::7~-Y~.~~~~~~-·~·~.:.·~

'..- -

1
_-r

.-

T "~~ -

---

;~ i~&nt aid ip; ~itifoldi~~· ;Ji

the . mental f~cu1 ties j
that o~r;ation, coiifparison, reflection, abstraction, judgment, " teason,"'~:ijµagination, and · taste will be improved
and - strength~ned · by the simple exercises connected
with- the reading lessons. Thus, the understanding and
the- atfections will alike be cultivated, and some ap;o
proaches made towards the development of the whole
ma:n, in his habits of thought, feeling, and action ; and
we shall no longer see so many of those mental distotiUms produced by the excessive culture of the
memory, while every other faculty is left almost totally
dormant.

1-

TA:BLF! OF CONTEN't'S,
OR

SYNOPSIS OF

THE- MORAL LESSONS.

LESSON.
/

~' lntrOduC:tion,
if. , Disobe~ence and Deceit,
lii. Lying,
-IV . . R~pentance,
.
.
;:A.
- " , .V. Cruelty.~'....and Oppression,
.•
.
. ..._.. ,.._ ··- :\TI. _ Daintiness and Disobedience,
\TII. Ftetful.ii; ss;
·. VIII. Presence of Mind,
.-It.,·· ,Compa,ssion arid Kindness,
. X. Cruelty and Oppression, ·
·· XI! Scandal arid Charity, ;
XII. Anger,
·

L, .

XIII.
XIV .
XV.

XVI.
:XVII.
X\'JII.
XIX.
/

i

.,.,

Tender'- heartednes.s ·arid Cruelty to Animals,
Fik1l Affection, .
Gambl ing,~Lying; Confession 1 an<l Seii-improve1nen t,
Forgiveness of Injuries,
Intemperance, Ell\·y, and :'.\turLler,
I'ride,
Envy, Hatretl, anJ l\ialice,

XX. Remorse. and Forgiveness, .
XXL Negligenc~ and Irreverence, XXII. Happiness the Result of Virtue,
XXIII. Happiness not the Result of Wealth,
xxrv. Juvenile Justice,
XXV. Natural Theology,
,
XXVI. Punctuality, Selfishness, and Benevolence, .
XXVII. Content, .Mercy, and Cruelty,
XXVIII. The Uses and Advantages of fain,

'Page·.

9
11

14
17
20
23

26
29

32
36
41
46
'19
5'',)

{J 7

61
67
12
76

81
86
92
99
108
115
· 125
133
130

DIRECTIONS ·. TO TEACHERS.

..

0:-<E of the most important objects of this book being the development and exercise of the moral sense in youth, the teacher
is respectfully requested on no account whatever to omif questionina the classes after the reading of every lesson. Let not the want
oftime be snggest~d as an excuse. Eetter !o re_ad OJ)lY _once a day,
or even only once m two days, than to omit this exercise, To_ be
virtuous is better than to be a good readet. Let· no opportumty,
therefore, of exercising the conscience be lost.
..
.
The teacher should also be fully aware . that pis situation is
different. from that of a mere mechanic. • He is . nbt placed in a
school merely to smooth a block or to turn a cran.k. He is put
. there to form immortal mind, and he must bring: his own mind
to the task. The questions must not be read over;in a slovenly, ·
parrot-like manner. He should observe,_ by the ~nswers, whether
they are .folly unders!ood, and vary theu form when necessary.
~e pupils should be 'required to give as full an ·a nswer as
possible to every question. Ji'or instance: to the question, "Does
bein i~evish or cross make us feel happy or unhappy?" the
answe '. should not merely be "unhappy;" but "Being peevish
or cro
makes us feel unhappy." ·A simple affirmative or
negative should JJ.ever be received as an answer. · For
instance : to the question, "Can we ever be too. grateful to God
for making it so pleasant to do our duty?" tQe answer should
nnt be, "No;" but, "No, we never can be too grateful for it;" or
"No, y;e can never b_e too grateful for having our duty made so
plcasant. 11 .At firs t thi s will req nire some little effort on the
pa rt of both pupil and teacher . But it will soon become crrsy .;
and it wilt confer a vast increase of power over the attcntion1
and of fiuency of expression, upon the pupil.
Th~ tea~her should also endeavor to catch the spirit of the
quest10ns, :so as to be able to apply a similar series- to every
occurrence that may come to the_ knowledge/ of his pupils,
whether in or out of school. The conscience cannot be too frequently ~xercised in deciding between right and· wrong. · But
when _he 1s at a ~ may be aided in this duty by examining th~ table of contents of the several parts of the "Instructor."
He _will _thus be able to find questions suitable to ·almost every
subject ltkely to come under the notice of the school.
The teacher may. exercise his discretion as to the manner of
using the qu~tations from the .Bible at the end of the questions. In
:some cas~s, 1t may. be proper for. the pupils to commit them to
memory; m others, it may be sufficient to have them read aloud by
the teacher, or by one of the class.

,.
::~--~~.-,;. · ..._~ ·
~~ · ·

-~· :~·¥>

j

. -

.

.....
, "'>'.

- . ~~- -11. •

.

.

"\ViLL , children, I suppose you have all
read Jhe.J:irst and Second Part of the lri oral
Instructor~'?

,

· N~w "f w~t to ~~~ you .a few questions
them. ,~/ : ·
. D~·\ ·yC>u:· _,tJii]ik you ,-have become -better
·chJl!!fen hy§. din·g· th~~'~,..;- · · .
about

.·'. ,c·

· ·'

m!':e/~Z~£!~~h.tl~r~O*'°di~$'~t~~e~ather ,and

~ave Y<iJ!}?~rnt to .. 12~,~g~~n!~e ·.arid_ltj~d ~o
animals 1.r->!~fa7~· "~·
· . . . : ;; . .1,;;-q:~ _:
. . . , i}~~..
Are yo.~'\ mor~f-:readtJo~ forgive yQ.u r broth.;
.

:;:'.~~~-·

..

. ;¢~;; •:

'

.

.

.· · .· ..

•

He is going to carry it to school, to-mor...

ers and sisters, or your _plK;maies, · than
before you read them 1
__ : · . . -"'·· ·
Do you always remember that ~pd ~ears
and sees you 1
· ·
'··);;,."(-;. :::-,/If you have profited by these less9~~}~~d
others :which you have lea~nt in that._;!Jook;;.- !
think this Third Part will alscf be :' usefii!i;to
y~u _; for I am going t~ t~a~li.;{ yoti-~ S.9llie
more good lessons of the same kind._:;. ,. . ·The object of this book: is to teaCh~y-oti to
read.
·. · ·But that is not all.
It is intended to teach you sq_1nething··more
valuable than reading-to te·ach' you .to be

row.
.
.
. Al~ th~ boys in his class have got books
JUSt hke It.
.
.
QUESTIONS TO BE PUT BY THE TEACHER.

De~cribe. the picture. .If not done .v_ery minutely, ask
questi~ns hk~ t!ie followmg: ~hat is the boy doing ?

What .1s he s1ttmg on ?

right hand ? Wh_a,t part . of his left hand do you see?
How many buttons~ on his clothes ? What book is he
~eading? Where .did he get it ? "\Vhat will he do with
It to-morrow. Giy_E)f out words from the lesson, to be
spelled by the claef~p·and repeat this spelling exercise at
the end of every lesson.'

~

·gO<>d.
I·
~

i

":-

.1-.
-

~-

.

.

.

.

·.

_, You will find a great' many stories about
ho\ $ and girls in this hook:··~
', .
.
§ ome of·them are good children, arid soine
of them are naughty children. .
I _tell you . about good child~en, that you
may see how their goodness makes -them
beloved and happy .
·
I hope you will try t_db~ li~e t~,~~-~~ · c: .
I tell yo.u about naughty .·children, · to show
you how hateful their . conduct; is,' ~cl ' how
unhappy it makes them. . . · , · . ;;''~
· ·· ·
· I hope you will try hard t~ :- ~ct . very ,diff~r.ently from thell1. . _.
· : s~f ;"\<i:~'
·· :,.<· .
_Now look at t~~_J>ti~t at the lleginnilig·:~ of
this lesson.
·". ·:
· . · · ·~·
=_
That i~ a litH~~~;~,o!, wh<:>se fa~h,~r has just
bpught Jnm a book:l1ke this. : \(~';:-.
. _ = H~ is sitting· '·on t~e· gra.s~~, i~~jh~.. yard,
looking over the book. ·
'-' :~,~'I}:
..... .;.• • ~-..

~

,

'

4.

.-.:-

~

vVhat . IS th?-t at his right foot?

1!1 which hand doe_s · he hold his book? Do you see his

JI
';~'.1

LESSON lL

Disobedience and Deceit.

~-

. .t'

·_'_.,·{
. '

~;

...~

'
. '. ..
~j

"

'!

:-~

i

!~_­
yz
;'fl .

l
l

.

.

A
~1'

~f

.,

•.• t

\

1. Do you see these three boys driving
hoop?
2. The name of the largest is John Elton.
S. That is his brother James behind him.
4. The name of the other little boy 1s
Frank Turner .

.

·•

·~ ~-.

5. Frank is cousin to the two Elton boys.
6. He does not live in the sa~e t~vn.
7. He lives in another town in t e same
county.
· .
·
J h
8. He has co~e to visit his cousins, o n
and James. 9. J ohn and .fumes are pretty good boys .
I O. B ut their cousin Frank has a great
fault. I think it may be called one ~f the
great est of all fault ?, for it leads children
into all manner of wickedness.
11. Do you know what this faul t is 1 I t
is lying.
. .
,
12. This n1orning Frank was in h1S uncle s
-room alone.
-,,~ IS. There was a writing desk on the table,
\Y.ith an inkstand in it.
~4 . Now all the boys had been told not !o
metldle with it , for fear they should spill
som·e of the ink on their clothes, or on the
floor.

-:t

.t
i

15. But Frank thought there was no danger of his spilling the ink.
~ 16. So he took it out of its place ii:t the
desk to look at it.
/
_ 17. When boys are good, they are , not
easily startled or frighten~d.
.
· 18. But when they def any thing wrong,
they are easily startled.
- ·-19. And so it was with Frank.
- ·20. For the cat happening to jump from
·the bed to .the floor, he was startled, and let
the ink fall.

21. ·oh~ what shall I do now1 thought
·
he.
22_. I have nothing to wipe it up with, and
if I _go and tell any body, they~ will know
that I did it.
23. I had helter be off, and say nothing
nboutit.
24. Perhaps they will think that it was the
cat thaCthrew jt down.
25. But, at all events, they will not know
i t \Vas
- · 26 . Oh! foolish Frank! D on't you know
that Cod se~s '"you, and that he kno\vs all
the wicked plans you are contriving 1
21. No. Frank never thought of this, or
he would not have disobeyed his uncle, and
th en it would not have ·been necessary to
have contrived ways to deceive him.

me.

--

QUESTIO"'"S BY THE TE.ACHEE.

Let the pupils describe the picture very minutely, nam·
ing the boys at play, mentioning the dog barking a t th e
little boy and his hoop, the ,,·rrgoncr \':hipping the horses ,
the woods, the fence, 1he 1nan on hurst:b,ick , the road, the
tree in the fo regrom1d, &c. Then let the ff'1 tell \vhat th ey
_ have read, eliciting it by questions, if necessary. \Vhy
was Frank so easily startled? \Vas it right for him to
touch the inkstand? . Why not? \Vould .it have be.e n
wrong, if the ink had not been spilt ? vVhich was worst,
lifting up the inkstand, · or let_ting _it fall? Did Frank
<lo right or wrong _after the ink was spilled ? "'\Yhat
ought he to have done ? Is it ev~r right to _d eceive? _ Is
it sinfo.l to contrive how to deceive? - Can we deceive God or n-o t? Does he see all that we do ? Does he know
all that we conti:ive ? . Does one · sin generally lead · to
another? vVhat sin led Frank to contrive deceit? _ "\Vhat
does the Bi.hie say -a bout deceit ? " He that wo.rketh -de·

2

-~

••

.

· ··0 ..

~ ;~; ~: J~¥~~~~~~;{~yg:r,,'('''~(~

..

~·

ceit, shall nor dwell within my ' [GQd's] house; he- that
telleth.lies, shall not tarry in my sight.'" Ps. ci. 7.

c·;'~~4~6. My dear r~ader.s, I hope, will act dif- ,'
'.''7l,{e.rently from Frank.
. ·''~~Jii:~Ii. , I , hope they will try ,n ot to d<> wro1Jg

.

. ~ ~,,

:·

.,.

LESSON III.

Lying.
[A-~ this Lesson is connected with the preceding Eme~
one e f the pupils should be required to repeat the substance
of Lesson II. before the class commences to read the fot-

foWing.]

'

: --·~.

,, ...

,

28. As soon as Frank had contrived' how
h e should deceive his uncle, he: :w ent down
stairs as softly as he could~
~, ,
He went into the parlor, , bu,t nobody
was there.
,
•
Frank then went back into the kitchen, 1vhere he found his aunt cooking dinner. , ,
·SL ' " Do you know where the boys are7'' ,
said he.
;J2. "They have just been looking for
)'{HI, '' s a1·a 1.
11S aunt. " I suppose they are
in the yard. Was it you that came down
stairs just now 7''
,
S3. , Frank was frightened at tpis question.
IJe was at a loss what to answer.:. If 'he told
the truth,, he was afraid that his aunt would
know that he had spilt the ink.
34. So at last he said, "N ~-"
35. Frank felt his cheek burn with blushes
as he told this lie. For ,he was not a hard, ened liar.. Hi~ chief fault was, that he had
not the .courage to, confess that he had done

f9·

, su:

t.

_· wrong.

T,'•°'!;i.":"$ '. .: ••

. './~~~~;4!l ut_ if e_ve~ they :sh?uld lie disobedi- ·
- ~~~J1~;;~r do an:y th,m g that is wrong, let me
,,1~""~~';·~( them, instantly to confess the fault to
':~1.r parent~., ,'~. and not to try to ·,hide it, for ·
di1s w1Jl only-J>.e adding sin to sin. '
. 39. W ell / 5::grank now went out to seek
, · Ins co,~sins,, r~~~lin,g badly enough,, I cari. assure _you. J-/~.
,, '
,
~. - ·~49-:::-~~~e '~elf much worse than if he had
been whip~, for _the pain of that is soon over.
.41. . ~ut . po~r Frank · had ,been in trouble
.ever s!nce he tou?hed the ink-pot, and he ·aid
not ~,Qg~ , w~en his trouble wo~ld end ; -how
many _!ll Ort::lies he w_ould have to tell to hide
the first. , "
,
,
42. One lie almost ahvays leads to many.
43. As Frank opened the door he saw his
1\V'.J cousms,
.
each with a hoop in' his hand ,

gomg out to the road.
'
,: 44. "Come, Frank," cried John; "get
your ~ hoop, and let us have a run." '
_
45. So Frank took his hoop,, and they be. gan:Jo play. ,
,
'
' .::1~-~-:~ 01:1 ,_can see them in the picture, at
~ ·:.7\R!1~Ji:~_g1nmng ,of the last lesson.
--::-~~~~~~Tu)l~,ut,_ somehow or other, Frank could
;. -:~,~~i~JPY his play as he used to ·do. ,
.,
, . ,:·_:.~:- %48_.··.""~e was very fond of driving hoop ; but
~:~~'~thought of the lie that he had told, and

}

.

Y

.\~'\ '~;

.

.. · ·
~ ..:.. ,.

...

'·

.

.

~3l¥1:fi'.:;::~ }!~~~~,;~{/i'.f~~:*i'~~~1;-i~~~~11~<:;).~f~
:~· :

·;18· .· .•. THE

MORAL . INSTRUCTOR.

of the lies that he yet would have to tell;
troubled him.
.
·~~;)49. Bad boys are very mu~h to be pitie~. They never can be so happy as th~ 't~8;t
are goo~. They may ~un, and laug}.i,_ ,,.~9
play, and have every thing that they · q·~ Ld';~: ­
w jsh for. But they never can feel cheerftU
and pleasanL
· ~-._;; ;
50... Poor Frank t
Let one of the class repeat the substance -~: as much
as he c an of this lesson ; then let the "other make additions ; and if the whole be not thus brought out, · let the:reruai ~d er be di-cited by questions. \Vhy did :Frank godm'.c"TI stairs soft.hi 1 \Vas this de ceit~ or not? Can we. de ce i v~ by actio; s as v:ell a s by words ? "\Vou ld Frank
.h::ne \"Valked so' softly, if he had recollectec.l that Goel ', :as
looking pn? \Vas ·it a sin Ggainst God, then ? \Vhy
r.as Fraq k frightened by being asked a simple quest ion
by his au-nt? How is it best for children to- act-afte r they
have d one wrong? (See 38th par.) When we tell a lie ,.
:;in. w,_:; know how many more will be necessary to hide
it? \Vho are the happie st, the good or the bad?
\Yill
fruit, or toys, or play make a child feel happy r whe n he
h as been doing wrong 1 What does the Bible say about
,,· lying? " L ie no t one to another. " Col. iii. 9. " vVherefo re , p ut ting away lying , speak every man t ru th w ith his
neighbor." Eph. iv . 28. "Lord, who shall abide -in thy
ia bf;rn:ad e ? w ho sh all dwell in thy holy hill? He th3.t
walketh uprig htly, and w orke th righteousnessr and speaketli the truth in his heart." Ps. xv. l~ 2. -

LESSON IV..
Repentance~

..I.
I

1

TLct the substance of the las t t \VO lesson s be repeZttcd
by -the class, before the following one is read.]

you in the last lesson ho.w
tlull Frank found his play, when he was in
t rouble .
52. So presently he stopt, and sat down
·o n a hank.
53. "\Vhv, ·w hat 's the niatt er, F rank r'
said Jam es,., "you can't be tired already,
51. I

TOLD

surely '1 "
54. " I · am afraid y-0u are sick," .said
John.
55 . " N 0; 1'· ain't sick; I am only tired,"
said Frank.
56. "Oh! if that's all," said John, "let's
go home."
_!'

•. •

-

ri~¥~~~-~-~1. ~~"tsl~~~1tr-~f~%1~;-~: ·
· 19 .

.·~ ~1 :.~-,;~\{Z:_~-~<;,;•j;;.;;j.ji~-:%\~J~J~tf~~~:~~f~~~~~· \\"::· ;. ,:-.c,_ ; ·,- '·<'"':. , ••,~·~"""""
'.'"''·-· :>.~18 '-':;.;'.~ · ._ ·- iT°HE ,._.MOR'A.L INSTRuc·Tol? ..

57. So Frank picked up his ·hoop, and
they au "vent home.
.
- 58. In the afternoon, Mrs. Elton saw the
ink-spot on the floor, and the broken pot.
59. She felt very much concerned. Not
on account of the loss of the ink and the pot,
and the. damage done to the floor. No. ·
These ·were trifles.
_
60. But, · as she knew it must have- been
done by one of the bo!s,. she wa~ afraid that
this was but the begmmng of a; course of
disobedience and deceit, which might end in
their becoming wicked men. ·
_
61. II} .the evening, the boys were caHed
1nto the Rarlor, and, after they had be~n told
what had't>een· don~, Mr. Elt~n \varned then1
of the da~l_er of lying about 1t, and-so ~ak. ing the affair worse.
.
·
_
62. Frarik could stand 1t no longer. II e
burst into . teats, and confessed that it \vas
he that had done it.
6~. l\'lr. Elton sent John and James out .
of the way, and then Frank confessed every
thing as I have related it to you, and ~sked
his uncle and aunt to forgive him.
/
641. "We freely forgive you," said Mr.
Elton. "But there is another whose forgiveness you should -ask."
65. "Yes, · I know," said Frank, "I
have offended God."
- 66. "Ask his forgiveness, in the name of
Christ," said Mr. Elton, "and you may
_be sur~ of receiving it, if you really feel sor-

-·MORAL ' I_NSTAUC-TOR. -

/

ry th.at you have _done wrong, and firmly de- :·
term1ne n_~ver to act So again. This is the .·
~:p.]y true repentance."
.
·• 67. IC~you look at the picture at the beginning . of this. lesson, -you: will see Frank
confessing hi_s fau"lt to his unCie and aunt.
68. .Let_ me hope that none of my young
readers . w_
1H ever · bring themselves into so '
unpleasant a situation. -· .

·<·:):''; : - ~r~ · -~- .,.--;~ _-_,

.

Let the ~-ptip1Is,:~~es~Ti~ tb·~-:~pic~re5ijiinutely, naming
. the P.erso~si)rid 1he~r:f~Ir(he~W~~?~ t:sfo._TJ-: ~about Fra?k,
con tamed m the last three lessons. · 'What is the meanrna0
of repentance ? Who' was it that repented? Repented
of what? ·[See that all the .three crimes are mentioned.]
1Vhat made Frank feel tired s~ soon? Do you think he
would have felt so if he -had not dohe _wrong? . Can we
enjoy play or any thing else when '""e have done wrong?
. Which would have been best for Frank, his uncle's passing over his fault, and saying nothing about it, or trying
to find it out? · Did Frank feel better or worse after he
confessed all? . If all children's faults ,vere found out and
punished, do you think there would be so many bad men
as we see? Is it a gooq thing or a bad thing for children
to have parents or teachers to look after their faults?
What does the 'Bible say about confession and repentance?
"If thy brotlier trespass against thee, rebuke him; and if
he repent, forgive him." Luke xvii. 3. "If we say that we
have no sin, we deceive 0urselves, and the truth is not in us; but if we confess our sins, God is faithful and just to
forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness." 1 John i. 8, 9.
• ·

'i

..

-_::, ·-·- -:---

•

.

.

,,_

. <

l

l

I

l

-

......

."<~'

::.,. : -~~+·:.<.1-}.~i..
~

·-

.

~

MORAL INSTRUCTOR·.

LESSON_Y.

Cruelty and Oppre_ssion.

8.

. · >2'1
· ~~·

But Harry, instead of doing that c~tf~d
out to his dog, " Step-boy! step-boy!" ·
. 9. So the dog r~n ~n:iong the sheep, barking; ap.d -the sheep scattered, and ran off in
all directions.
·
10:., Po?r · Robert tri~d to drive away the
dog, but . it would not mind him at all. It
continued to ·cha~e _the 's heep, till some · of
them had ~ run off into the . woods, and the
rest were scattered in different fields.
" ~I. . ''Oh dear! oh dear!'' crJed the boy,
.. ~~~t ·~hall I do . no~? · Won't 'you help
me to get them together again 1"
12. " Get out! . .you little rascal!" said
Harry . . -"If you don't go away, I'll
my
dog on you."
·.
·
·
13. So ,the boy was . obliged to go home,
and .tell his father what had happened. His
father lived about .two miles off.
. 14. Mr.'' Brooks called two of his men
from the field, where they were at work, and,
taking Robert with them, they set off all together for the place where the sheep were
lost.
.
15. The she.e p had been so much frightened arid scattered, that it \vas no ·easy mat. ter to get them together again: The sun
was s_et before they completed their task. . . -~ :'
16. Mr. Brooks, before he went home; ~~
tried to find out who it was that set the··-'dog
on the sheep, bu~ could learn nothing ; for
nobody had seen the affair ex~ept Robert
17. I have never learned whether Harry ·
was found out or not.
..

set

s

..1

that a fine-looking dog?
.
2. It certainly is. But I ·am sorry to say
that -he has a very bad master.
3. He -belongs to Harry Jackson, a boy
about :fifteen years old. It was a present
from his uncle Williams.
4. If Mr. \Villiams had known that he
,vould have made such a bad use of the dog,
I am sure that he would never h~ve given it
to him.
5. One day Harry took his gun, and went
out to the woods with his dog, to se~ if he
could shoot some squirrels.
6. But, before he got there, he overtook a
boy, called Robert Brooks, driving sheep.
7. "Pray keep your dog back," says thP
_boy.
N'T

-- . ..i',

.·~_tJ

'l..,

:}•

: ,,~

]l

.__ __::_.. .•.

i~:~:-.~ .;. t.·~·~ · ·;;.·~- ·._'.· -~·;·. :_)~X~J'.!;;~~-~,,:~~~ :i.~~~~--·- .::~~ . ,:~ -~~·~;~~~tti!~V~.2;:t~·-,.~·.:~
"'- :-.ltt~~~

*l'°---''.'.~.:·TaE''c· MoRAL'·· INSTRUCTOR~ -

~·-~~:~n
-.

.

-~;. ....;.

::::·f:-;- ;

18. . But I hope, for his own sake, that he
was found out, and 've-U punished, for that
might perhaps pu~ a stop to his naughty conduct, and make him a good· boy . .
19. But if he escapes punishment, I .am
afraid it will encourage him to persevere · in
his wickedness. He may.thus go ·On from
bad ~o worse, and end jn being a very bad,
unhappy man.

;

After the class have described the pictur~ minutely, and
repeated . the story about Robert and his sheep in their
own words, let them be called .9~ .to explain the .following
phfases: in "V" 6, overtook a boy;· 7, pray; 9, ran off in _all
-;-f!,iTectiinis; 11, collect them togeth_er; 13, what. had hap. ~ j . 15, completed their task; . what was the . taslc?
16, obody had seen the affair; . \vhat affair? 19, persevere" in his wickedness. "\Vhat kind of a boy was Harry? \\Vas it right to set. the dog on the. sheep 1 If a man
ha~ "bl?n driving the sheep, do you think Harry would
have set his dog on them 1 Was it acting like a bra\•e
boy, or was it mean and cowardly, to do so to a little boy 1
How many days did Harry make the Brookses and their
men ·lose 1 Is there much difference between this and
stealing~ Who did Harry offend by his conduct? . No
one but the boy ~nd his father? Did any one but Robert
see Harry set on his dog 1 Is ther.e not some orie who
sees every thing 1 Do you think he would be pleased or ·
displeased with such conduct 1 What ought Harry to do?
Pay Mr; Brooks .for the time lost. -"\Vhose 'pardon should
.he ~k 1 What does the Bible say about such conduct as
_, _ Harry's?- "His, mischief shall return upon· his ·own head,
r;~;,- '!Dd his violent dealing shall come down upon his own
· · 16 . .
. .
- .,:-.
·:.. ~, 'p ate" [h ea d .] . P s. vn.
.,,.-

-

. ;·~!i::
.....,.. .
'.""': , .

LESSON VI.

Daintiness and Disobedience.
-'

1. "

:-

~.

sa.id little Julia Fay, "it
is time to go to school. . Won't you give me
something to carry in my little basket for
dinner 1" ·
2. " I am busy ironing, my dear," said
her mother. " But if you go into the buttery' you will find some bread and butter.
And you n1ay take a piece of the cake that
was cut last · night. But be sure to ~ake_ a
very small piece, for it is ,so rich, that it will
make you sick if you eat n1uch."
S. \:Vhen Julia went irito the buttery,
the first · thiner she saw was the cake. It .
looked very 1~ce, and, when she had tasted ·
it, she thought it was the best cake she had
ever eat in her life.
4. H Ah ! " ·said she, " l could not eat
MOTHER,"

""· -···r

.

.

TR~-- MOR. A L IN STRU CTOR .•

..

.
.,

I

-

·~.1:

-.,;,

-

TH E

M ORA L I NS T RUC T OR .

25

-

bread and butter afte~ that. .I'm .:~9re !~
won't · hurt · m~ to eat a dinner O~ It for once.
5. So .Julia, instead of ob~y1ng he~ mother, filled h er little basket with nothing but
cake.
,
·
.
6. Wltm Julia carr1e back into the kitchen, she fo-und her si~ter Maria coming down
stairs with her hat and shawl. If-you look
in the piteture, you \vill see ?oth _the -_girls
preparing; for school, and their mother Jron~
Ing~.·- - .
. •
.
7~ --: Mrs:. Fay gave Mana the same instructions about her dinner that she had given
.Tulia. But Maria followed them _exactly.
Sh\ did mot do as Julia did.
s ) W b en tlie children came home from
scho\ in the evening~ J\'laria was as lively
as usual, but poor Juba was dull and heavy.
At supper, she complained .of a headache,
and could not eat a mouthful.
9. Heir mother gave her -some medicine,
and sent ber .to bed. But she grew worse
every hour.
·
10.. .Mrs.
now became frightened,
, and sent for a doctor. By the time he
- - arrived, Julia was in a high fever, with
flushed cheeks, and throbbi!lg temples.
11. T be doctor gave her an emetic'. This
soon relieved her. And it showed, at the
same time , what was the 'cause of her sickness . . For she. vomited nothing but cake.
_.J2. ~er mother was very much grieved
that Julia haq been so foolish, And she

ray

--.-.., _

determined sh~- would not soon again trust
her to supply herself with dinner.
··
13. Poor Julia paid rather too dear for
the _pleasure of eating a littl ~ cake. How
much better jt would hav·e been to have done
:told her .
as her -niother
...
14. Next day Julia wa~ -better. But it
was :more 'than a week ' before she was 'able
to _g:o to.- school or ·play with her sister as
usual. - ,
.
15. · I hope_all my young friends will ta"ke a
lesson _from Julia's sufferings. They ought
-~·-io ""~ know . that th~ir parents are the best
judges' of what is proper ~or th~m to eat ai:id
drink. -- If they follow their advice, they '"ill
save themselves a great deal of trouble.

,., 'l

"

'

'

r ;,

·...- ·4.·~·

/

~·r

¥
i..
;-

!

...
'

.Aft~r the class have described the picture mi.nutely,
and repeated the substance of t~e story abo~t Mrs. F~y
and her daughters, let them explam the following phrases :
in par. 7, the sa"me instructions, followed them. exactly,
followed what? 10, :flushed cheeks, and ~hroblnng .temples; 11, an emetic, relieved her; 15, .J uha's sufferings.
What did Julia take to school for dmner1 Was that
right? 'Vho commands us to ·obey our father and .mother 1 Did Julia disobey God, then? "\Vhom else did she
disobey? . Who knows best. what -children s~ou!d eat?
Are children good judges themselves? _ls it right or
wrong ~o grumble or c!Y• wh~n they dor_i't giv~ us ~hat we
want? How was Juha punished for d1sobed1ence. · A~e
people always punished for disobedience? Always m
some way. ' We can never feel so happy when we h~ve }
done wrong. 'Vhat does the Bible - s.a.y about. ow!mg
parents? "Children, owy your parents m ~~l things· for
this is well-pleasing unto the Lord." Col. m. 20.3

;:l'
i.

I

\ '29 -.
i

14. After rowing a.bout till they were
tired, the party stopped !or a while, to try
to -catch some. fish for dinner~
15. Eliza was pleased for a moment ·with
the chm»ge. But her good temper did ~ot
last lomg. She did not catch many fish,
and as soon as one of the others drew one
out' shie would tease him to change lines.
Th~s she-kept moving about the boat, spoiling the fishing, and keeping them all .uneasy.
16. »-Vhat a pity that the whole party
should lbe disturbed by -thJs naughty girl.
She ought to have been left at home.

i

Let the class describe t_he picfore minutely, naming the
different p1ersons in the boat, and then repeal the substance
of ~e stOf:?f· E{(plain., in ·-U 2, ~he ,last word, he/ore; before
what? 3, Indian settlement; $3, fretful a11d selfish; 9,
oa:rs,\. sa:ill,. and plenty of fishing-tackle; 10. mast, breeze;
II, ~Aun>1on. How did Eliza behave? What sor_t; 9f a
dispositiom has she'? Has any person a right to spoil the
pl easure 10f his friends with his bad temper? Who is
to _blame for Eliza's being unhappy? "\Y ould such. con·
duct ple:a:se or displease God ? Do you think he noticed
it? Doe:s he see and hear every thing? Do you think
Eliza womld have acted so, if she had thought of this?
How do you think she made her parents feel? \Vas it
1ight or Wil'ong to make them feel so ? \Vhat does the Bible
say abo111lt the way of treating our parents? "Honor thy
father aiml thy mother, that thy days may be long upon
the land which the Lord thy God girnth thee." Exod.
xx. 12.

:i
. '

LESSON VIII.

Pr,esence of Mind. •

[Let the class repeat the substance of the last lesson
before they commence this, it being connecte d with it.]

17 .. THE ' party soon caught plenty of fish
for dinner,- and l\'1r. Sherman took up his
oars to row tt> ·1and.
18. But he had not rowed far, before a
fine breeze began to rise, and the children
begged that he would hoist the sail, as they
had never h)Bn in a sail-boat before.
19. So the two boys picked up the fish,
and put them into their b_asket, and covered
them with hay, and their fa th er hoisted sail.
20. A _s soon as the boat was turned so
that the sail took the wind, t_he boat began
to glide softly through the water.
21. " Oh! how delightful this is!" cried
Charles.
" It is much better than either

3*

~2~- ·?~·~.-:4:~ ·· -· t·.~F ' '

~~~i~4ik~i~;-~;:-;::~iij~;.f~~~~§.f,;~:;~~~"~"~·¥ ,- ~-,. -'_, ~,'~:~· -~· ~·-·
. ._ - $()

·- -· - ,,....

THE MORAL INSTRUCTOR.

'I'_-

..

,

·'

...

THE MORAL I:NS"rllUCTOR.

or

rowing
fishing. I should like to be a
sailor and live on the water.'·'
22.' " .N ~· - You would ~,ot l~ke - ~ sailor's
life so w·e ll as you expect, · .said his fath.er.
"A sailt>r's life is a very rough and a very
hard life · and, when the wind blows -hard,
they som~tin1es have to be up all pight, in
!_ery coldl ·weather, with tbe ~ea continu~lly
dashing ··over -them. Sometimes, als~, the
ship· d~F1es on a rock, and goes to p1~ces,
and· every soul on board is. drow~ed."23. - J ast at that moment the ·w:1nd - b egan
to blow a little harder. T -h at made the boat
lean over, and pass more rapidly through the
\vater.
~- Eliza thought the boat was going to
be ~set. She started up, screaming, and
fell 3ver against her brother Charles, _and
knocked him over into the water..
25. Poor Charles could.not swim, and, as
the boat, of course, continued to move on,
he would certainly have been drowned, if the
large dGg, Carlos, which had been -lying in
the bottom of the boat, had ·not jumped _up,
and sprllilg over into the water t~ him.
26. 'c Charles ! Charles!" cried his father ; " eatch hold of the dog's neck, and
keep fast h9ld of him."
21. "I will! I will!-" cried Charles.
28. The dog immediately · sprung right
into his arms, and, as soon as Charles
caught fast hold .of hi1n, he began to swim
- to the nearest part of the shore. Look at

.

/

'

'

~:

..
I
-'

I
I

the picture, and you will see the dog
s·wimming out, with Charles clinging to
him. The boat _is just turning about · to
follow after them. ·29. -The w,hole party soon got to the
shore. But- Charles and the dog got there
first, as the _d og swam . to the nearest land.
'l,_h e boat had to go to another place, _a s
the ~;'- 'Yind blew , directly from the spot
where the ~dog ~ landed.
~o.- ·P.oor . Charles, .w ith his c1othes dripping . _w et, was nearly half -an - hour before
·-· he·· -g ot . to -_ a house to dry himself. So he
caught· a '.v ioient cold a:qd fever. He kept his
beCI ~ for $ev_etal ·w eeks .b.~fore _
he gQt well:
SL ~-t Nf?~V .. .what do you think was the
·cause of: all this trouble~ It was because
Eflza ha:d -: no .prese~ce : of mind. The boys
were .as .,much .· afraid .as she \Vas. But
they. did _··not~ - ~cream, or - jump up. They
kept · themselves cool. We call this hav"· ing presence of mind . . Every body should
try to _have presence . of milld. And this
we can do, if: we only frequently recollect,
that- -scre~1ning or jumping up , can do us
no good when we are in danger. Indeed,
it very often does hurt. You see ~harles
came very near being drowned ·by it. We
should alw_a ys. keep cool. ~nd w,e \cal). do.i
this, if \Ve determine to , do it.
[Let the class describe the picture, p_oiryting ~ut CaTlos,'
Charles, the boat, its sails, the per~ons rn it, the tavern, the
two barns, and explain why the water is in such commo·

;:l
;

.l

i

. I
I

i

:l
j
I

I
!

'i

,j
)

~.,;

THE MORAL INSTRUCTOR.

t!o~- near the dow. Let them then tell the story in their
own words. E~plain, ~ 1, oars~ row; 2, hoist the sails;
3, sail took the wind, slide; 12, why could ~ot th~ boat
go uo the plaire \\·~ere the dog landed? Did. Ehza do
right or wrong to start up when ~he was fnghtened?
"\Vhy! Wha.tt ought ~_he to have done? 'Vhose blame
womld it have been, had Charles been drowned? How do
yom dnink sh~ ~ould feel wh~e Charles _lay si.c k 1 Da
you think God 1:s pleased or displeased with people who
gi ve-way to th-eir fears as Eliza did? Does he see ~nd
take :n1otire of :such conduct, or not? 'Vhat does the Bible
say ah1aut this ·? The eyes of the Lord are in every place1
'behmM;ing $ e •evil and good. Prov. xv. 3.

LESSON IX.

Co1mpass.ion and Kindness.

l . AN D, behold, a certain lawyer stood up,
and t empted _Jesus, saying "Master, what
shall I do to inherit eternal life 1"
2. - H e s~id unto him, " What is written
in the law'! how readest thou 1"

I

..- -:· .. ;· ,~
\ t_·- .·
··

..~

S. And he answering., said, '' Thou shalt
love the Lord , thy God, ·with all thy heart,
and _with all thy soul, an~ with all . thy
~trength, and with all thy .mind ; and thy
neighbor as thyself. n
4. And he said ··unto him, " Thou hast
answered right: this do, and thou shalt live."
5. But he, willing t~ justify himself~ said
unto Jesus, ''_-And who is my neighbor~,,
6~ And J ~sus answering, said, " A cer~
tain man went down from .J e:n1salem to Jeri.c ho, and fell among thieves, which stripped
him ·-of his raiment, aµd 'vouµded _himJ ~nd
departed, leaving him half d.ead,.
7. _,' And by chance -there caHle <;I.own a
certain priest that way ; a,nd when he p [lW
hin1, he passed by on the other side.
.
8. " And likewise a Levite, lvl,J..en ;w wa~
at the place, came ;an<;l looked OQ ;him, .qn~
passed by on the other side. .
.
9. " But a certain Samantan, as h,e JOµr.neyed, came where he was ; and when he saw
him, he had compassion on him.
.
10. "A.nd went to him, an<l bound up b)s
wo unds, pouring in oil and wine: and set ~im
on his own beast , and brought b un to an inn ,
and took care of him.
11. " And on the niorrow, when he dep~rt­
ed, he took out two pence, and gave th~i;n t9
the host, and said unto him, - ' Take care of·
hin1 : and whatsoever thou spendest .more,
when I come again; I ~vill rep~y thee.':
12. '' "\iVhich now .of the~e three, t~ t

1:-': '

'

.

j.

i.
'
"'!·:

!

·1

,I
I

~-JM:<>it~t::~lits-riti·c~~~: :~ ~,,L~>ss··
~,.:,),
.~~ ~:
·.. .: ' .

. ~ · !·.~'>-~~-~.,...--

- .......... -

.

-

.

-..--_

.

~

~.a.

:

~

· · thou-, -w as n~ighbor

to a tavern, took' care of him, and paid . his

unto him that fell among
the thieves ?n
·
13- _And he said, "He that shewed mercy
on him-" Then said JJesus unto him, " Go
and do thou likewise.,,.

14. This little story fron1 d1e Bible was
intended to teach us th<at we should he good
and kind to every pers10n; No matter who
he is; no matter where he lives; if he is in
distress, _,we should relieve him.
15. The law of God is, "Thou shalt love
thy neighbor as thyself.n Tlle lawyer asked,
and perhaps you may want to know too,
" Who is iny neighbor 1" This .story was
told to answer this question.
I .. Here was a man who had been robbed . d ·wounded by thieves. He was far
from onie. Two men, who lived in the
same country, and \vho were of · the same
religion, sa\v him lying on the road; bleeding and naked.
·
. .
. 17. Did .they assist him 1 No. Th_ey
l~oked at him; but as they did · not know
him, they ~bought to themselves, " He is
-not my neighbor."
/ J,,'- . . .
18. At last a 1nan from a different country, of ~ different religion, came along. Did
he enquire '~ho he .was, and where he lived,
before he assisted him .'!
,
19. No; This good strancrer
considered
0
every man his. neigh~or. He bound up his
wounds~ set him on his own beast, took him

~xpenses.

·'

20. After Jesus had told this story~ he
repeated the lawyer's question, "Who " said
he, " was neighbor unto him that fell ~mong
the thieves 1"
_
·
21. And what did ' th.e lawyer say 1 Just
·what you, or I, or any body else would have
answered. _Nobody could mistake here. ·
. 2~. And , J ~sus . said, '' Go, and do thou
likewise.'.' . And he says the same thing to
you, and to alJ of us. We ought to love
and be ·kind to ·every human being, whatever
be ~~s 4?ountry, h_is color, his religion, -or his
politics. . ALL . MA'NKIND ARE OUR NEIGH-

!'

lj
l
- 1~.·.
,_ '
l ·1
J

l

·J !

ij
~

l

'!

~I
j

j

l .l
ij

'.BORS..

_; 1

23. -Thy neighbor? It is he whom thou
Hast pol.Ver to aid and bless'Vhose achin·g heart and burning brow
-Thy soothing hand may press.

~I
:I
: i

24. Thy neighbor? 'T is the fainting poor,
\-Vhose eye with want is dimWhom hunger sends from door to doorGo thou and succor him.

25. T,hy neighbor?

'Tis that weary man,
· Whose years are at their brimBent low with sickness,· care and painGo thou and ~orrifort him.

.

26. Thy neighbor? 'Tis the heart bereft
. Of every earthly gem;
.
Widow and orphan helpless leftGo thou and shelter them. .

fI ;I
l

I

I

-i'ii"i --~oiiAt: 1N-s-tnucToJt~ .:.~~--A~.·~·~:~~:."'.'~c~ =-'

: ••

27~ Whete'er thou meet'st a human fonn
Less favored than thy own,
Remember 'tis thy neighbor wonnThy brother or thy son.
·

the same school. ·They were both good
scholars. But they did not understand the
law of love. · They were kind enough to
?ne anoth.er. But they liked to frighten
and vex little boys and strangers. ·
·

28. Oh, pass not, pass not heedless by,
Perhaps thou canst redeem
The breaking heart from misery-.
- Go, share thy lot with him.
Let tlue class describe the ' picture, pointing out the
wounMd. traveller, the Samaritan, and the Levite, and say
what th.~. fatter is doing.
Then repeat the story, and explaim. ~ following: ~ 1, tempted, inherit eternal life;
8 1 raiJma:Rt; 11, host; 14, relieve; 23, soothing hand; 24 1
:succor'.' i '.'25, yeari are at their brim '; 26, bereft, gem ; 28
yedeeNa tllie breaking _heart. Did the priest love his neigh
bor as; hfonself, or not? Did he do right or wrong? What
ouglll he to have done? Did the Levite fov~ his neighbor
as ~imse1f? Why did he not help the woundea man?
'Vas ttli1e wounded man his neighbor or not? Who was it
that obieyed the law? 'Vho is our neicrhbod Is it the
pers , 1'11ho li Yes in the next house, or n~ar by us; or is it
everf m a:n, every where 1 Is it our duty to love every
body,, t}ltfen ~
·

LESSON X.

Cruelty and Oppression.

l~

children, do yo~ recollect what
you re~d in your last less?n about the good
Samantan 1 Do you thmk you know now
who is your n~ighbor 1 whq it is that you
ought to .love hke. yourself? I will tell you
another little_story, and then we shall see.
2 • .John Fisk and William Bell went to
WELL,

::~~~i.,s~ :~-~li:~~~T~,i~i\i~i-L. il'i?fsra~c~rbn
.
.

S. Ope day

~

~

l1
i

i

a little boy, called James

Ellis, came to the school. None of the
scholars had ~ver seen him before. He
· was the son · of an Irishman who had just
mov.e~ in~o th.e to\vn to \York at the factory.
4. fh1s Irishman had a large family, and
was very poor. He had been but a short.
time in America, and he an<l all his chi Id ren
spoke a little differently from the people
here. The scholars called their way of
· speaking, the
Irish broaue.
·
.
0
5. 'Vhen Jam es first be a an to read, John
and William burst out into~ laugh, in which,
I am sorry to say, many of the other scholars ·
joined.
6. Poor Ja1nes was astonished. He was
4

. ' ~~~~~~t~~i~.:~f':;:~~ ?;y]:·~ ::~;:~:~~·,~~~
.

---

e>Q
.:JO

INSTRUCT-OR.

THE MORAL INS'!RUCTOR• .

',

39

- 13. Jemmy instant1yreturned the c()mplin1ent, and a regular snow battle commenced.
But ~ell happening to come across a heap
?f snow ha.Us_ which some boys had ' made
1!1 _the morn1!1g, threw them ,go fast 2 that the
-h!tle boy. wa·s forced to stop, and _give all
his at.tent1on to defend his face. Look at
the picture, and see how Bell is abusinO'
the" poor boy.
'
·
·0
. ·14. Poor J einmy was soon exhausted with
th~ -shower. of balls that now fell fast and
thick ~upon him. He fell down . helpless in
the snow.
·
"'- '"f5. At ~h~t n1oment Frank Tay Ior~ a boy
about the size of Bell, -happened to pass.
~e too_~ hold of J e~my's hand, and, helping
him up, asked Bell if he was not ashamed to
act so. ·
16. Bell sneaked off, saying, " It's none
of your business." . ·
·
.I 7. "Are you much hurt, my little man 1" ·
said Frank.
_.
.
.
. 18. " No~ very much," said Jemmy. But
his ra~e show~9. t?o plainly the marks of
Bells cruelty. His nose was swelled and
his eyes were bloodshot.
'
19. Frank now ·asked Jemmy how the
3:ffai~ began; and the little fellow repeated
to him ·all that I ha,ve told you~ · .
20. · Frai1k felt vexed and ashamed that·~;
his school-fellow should have behaved so
badly. But he assured the little boy . that
he was going to school the .next day, and

a good reader, and had always been at the
head of his class in Ireland ; and thi~ madebim feel m·o re mortified at the ridicule he
met with in a strange country. But t,he
teacher soon put a stop to this behavior.
-1. At intermission, several of the boys
collected around the stranger.
" Well,
Paddy," said John Fisk, "when are you
going back to ould Ireland?"
s~- "1'fy name's not Paddy, it's James,'"
said he.
"
9. ''Look at Paddy's -coat,"
said William
Bell, catching· hold of his patch~d coat behind~- " Do all the boys wear such coats in
Ir~land '1"
-_ ·
.
Ib. Jemmy bore these taunts with much
goo<llhumor. But he was beginning to lose
bis t~per by a repetition of thern. And a
fight would probably have taken place, if
th e scholars had not again been sum1noned_ ·
·into school.
11. \'Vhen school was dismissed, the
scholars, as usual, hurried homewards.
'Villiam Bell was· the only one who took
the same road with · the little i Irishman.
As they lvalked along, William · again .began to taunt Jemmy about his country,
and asked him-what snow was called in Ireland. 12. To this he made no answer . . So Bell
- ~ade a sno~v ball, and throwing it" directly in
his face, said; " Do you know what that is,
1

Paddy~,,

•'

;.

would take care that he should never be
treated .s o again.
-21. · N ext morning Fra.nk asked Jemmy
:mot to t ell the teacher or the boys how he
had been treated by Bell. I( he would wait
till noOin, he .said, he would endeavor to see
h1m rigbtted. Accordingly, . as soon as the
teacher l eft the school-house, Frank told
the whole school ho\V Bell had behaved
tJhe -dar before, and asked them if th ey
w <>ul-d allow a little boy, a stranger, who
had neveJr injur~ any of them, to be used so.
22. B ,en hung hi s head, and all the rest
c ried out, "No, no, no.,.,
.23. Fisk and son1e of the others then
~~ np, an<l told -J ernrny how sorry th ey
w erl! tha.t they had tried to vex him. The
little~ellow shook hands with them heartily, and. assured them that he harbored · no
m alice.
24. From this moment Jemmy bec_a me a
universal favorite, and was one of the forem ost _in a ll their games and plays. ·'
D escribe the pic ture, naming the boys. Repeat the
- m bst::mce of the story, ~nci cxp1'1 in th e phrases in whi ch
the follm.•.i.ng words occur: ~ 6, mortified at the ridicule ;
10, taunts,. :summoned; 13, ·returned the compliment defend; 14, exhausted; 23, harbored n~ malice· 24 'uni'
'
J ersal c.J:avon•te.
·
- .Was it nght or wrong to laugh at t_he readiT~g of the
_l nsh boy !
Would you like to be treated so in a strange
pl~ce, or n ot '? Can you repeat our Savior's rule aQ,out
d_omg as w e would be done by? Matt. vii. 12. "\Vas it
~ght or_wrong to teas~ the little boy about his country?
about his clothes 1 D1d Bell act right or wrong in his

wa{" h~me? J?id Frank behave ~ight or wrong? , '\Vho
acted like a neighbor to the Irish boy? Which boy ,vould .
)'.OU rather have .for a companion, Frank Taylor, or Wilham? Bell?. Which do yo.u _think would be the happiestboy . "\Vh1ch do you tbmk was best for Frank ·to do
complain to the t~acher, or appeal to the boys? 'Which
of the boys practised the law of love best? ·what is the
law? Luke x. 27.

/

'·

I

LESS ON XL

Sc°:ndal and Charity.

- 1 ._ FANNY

'

"

v V ILCOX

w as generally a kind

and ·good-tempered girl. . She w as industrious, ~ too, and very a tt ent ive to he r st udies.
- 2. B ut Fann •y had on e ve rv
o-reat fault,
J
0
~he_ w as contin.ually thinking ill, and speaking ill of-her friends and acqtJaintances.
3. F anny took n o no tice of any thing
good that she saw·; but she would dwell on
any thing that looked like . evil in her friends,
and repeat it to 'Rll her acqti'aintances.
-ti. Fanny would often consider th e most
t rifling ac t.ions as s erious faul ts ; and a sing le word spoken irr fun would frequently
make her suspect something was wrong, and
. then she would run and tell it · as a fact to
the first friend she met.
She was even
sometimes so wicked as to . add things that
were entirely ·untrue, to . inake her stories"
more likely.
5. The moment that Fanny heard bad new~
·~i/'

t+::~-~~,,~~1~$~~{~f~ ::,~~~[~~;;~,:~ -_ -~ - ~
. . . 48
THE MORAL INSTRUCTOR.

.,

_

. .. ~~~~~!~{tiV'.''\~>.; ;~~\2t->

TBE MORAL INSTRUCTOR. -

7

teeth~

Oh, dear! I should not like to be
within his reach. I should be scared to
death."
9. " . Indeed!" said '\Villiam. " Well,
tthen, would you believe it~ . yesterday, when
you were in ·a passion, you looked just as ~e
cloes now. Look at him. You had all his
~-\·Tinkles. You even grinned as he does.
Your eyes sho\ved ·what a passion you were
in. _,And, like the monkey, you ·seemed
ready to devour poor little Harry, th~ugh he
Feally bad done you no great harm. · I only
·wished to have had a looking-glass. For, if
· you could have seen your own face then, I
ain sure you would have been ashamed of
J..()utself."
.
,
.
· 0. '' 'Vhat ! " said Francis ; '' is · it pos-:
si31~ that I looked like such a hateful-looking beast 1 I must have been very frightfullooking if I did. I must try for the future
neyer to be in a passion. '\Vhen I find I am
gr_o wing angry, I will think of the- monk_ey,
1~ecollect how he looked; and that will make
me shudder at the thought of being like him.
And do you, my dear brother, remind
of
thi~ resolution, if I should forget it.
·
l 1. William assured him that he would,
and was faithful to his promise. Francis by
degrees got entirely rid of the .ba.d habit of
flying into a passion. And he._ often thanked ·
William, and assured him, that he was much
mo~~- happy .than when he used to give way
to it. . -

me

.

··'.·;·

.49

Repeat t~e substa?ce of the story. Did you ever see
any person m a p_ass1on? Do they look pleasant or frightful. Does getting into a passion make a person feel happy
or unhappy? Does it-do any person good, or not 1 When
~ person i~jures _, you, ·will it do you .good, or not 1 'to fly
mto a pas~10.n? Did F~ancis resolve ~to try never to be
angry agam 1 What did he a)k William to do if he
should forget his resolution and get angry? Was this a
~ood or a baq plan 1 __ What did '\Villiam promise ? Would
It f.a":'e been nght or :vrong. for Fra~cis to get angry with
'\\_ 1lham for performmg his promise 1 \Vhat does the
B1bli;ic: say ~bout anger? "An angry man stirreth up strife,
an~ a funous man aboundeth in transgressions ." Prov.
xx!x. 22. , . "Let a~l b~tterness, and wrath; and aBger, and
evil speakmg, be put away from you, with all malice."
Eph. iv. 31. _"Let not the sun go down upon your wrath."

Eph: iv. 26.

. LESSON XIII.

Tendsr-heartedness and Cruelty to Jlnimals.
1. GEORGE"' ·FREEMA-N was - a little boy
who liyed in the country. He had a brother
called Thomas, and a s"ister called Sarah.
2. One day they were all out in a pasture
near the house. Sometimes the boys assisted their sister to gather wild strawberries
for supper. Sometimes they amused themselves with driving their hoops.
3. " G,eorge ! George!" cried · Sarah, as
the boys wer.e coming towards ·her with their :.
hoops in their ',harrds, "come here quick!
here is a little bird's nest."
· .
· 4. The children were soon collected round
5

·-. :. - :: ,.,.

TiIE

ihe nest, as you ·see in the picture. George
was for carrying it home to s_h ow it to his

·,·

you, however, for taking them from the
nest. In a. fe~ days they would have . be~ome chicks, which you have killed by bringing them away. And, indeed, you .have
probably destroyed the whole. For, when
the mother c_o ines again to he; nest, she will
see that .some .of them are gone, and forsake
it altogether." She will be afraid that you
will , come back, when' her little ones· ·are
hatched, and seize her tender family. If,
then, this nest," which you have bccii r ob pii:ig, , as . I must call it, should be entirely
forsaken, wouJd you not be sorry for it~,,
8: '· ~'Yes, inde.ed, mother," replied Georg e;
"and I a!!} sorry that we took away the eggs.
But I did'nt know . what vou have been tell{ng us. . I thought there" would be no harm
in -bringing the eggs to show you. "
9 . . "I can easily believe you," said his
mother. "If yon wer e to do a bad action
\vhen you knew it was wrong, you would
have a very wicked heart, and I shou ld be
sorry I had such a son. B ut I am not afraid
of that. I believe you are a very good
boy."
IO. "I should like to have a bird's nest,"
said Sarah.
,
J 1. " Some day or other, I shall get you
one," sajd her mother, "after · the young
birds have flown. You will .be surprised to ~
see what pains the pretty little creatures
have taken to make it. The outside is made
of coarse articles, but the inside Is generally
of the softest inoss, wool, and feathers.
"

mother. But Sarah said it would be cruel
to qi.ke the nest; it would be better only to
tak~one of the cggs5.\At last th~y agreed to take oqe . egg
a-piece, leaving three in the nest. \Vhen
they got hmnc, th ey began to play 'Yith
them, by rolling them on th~ carpet as if
t hey were balls . They were soon , all broken, and George and 'l'liornas began to cry,
accusmg on e another of having been too
rough.
·. 6. Their mother happened to hear them,
and came in to know what was the matter.
Both bega~ to tell her at once, and she patiently heard their different stories.
7. "Dear -children," -said she, " it is a
· pity yo~ have .broken the eggs. · But you
need not be so sorry about it, as neither ·of
you· meant to break them. I must ·blame
'It._

~·}" :;~~ _ !..,,.~~4~:.._: -~""'· ,}~-t-~f.iiiX·\·:~.:~:v ,: ..:: J· "-i·if·

MOR"Ai."''INSTRUCTOR. : . • '5i

0

"''

' .

_. _
., . i,.:,~ ·~c ;~~~~f~t~~t.~~K,·,:~·~:·· <~:.
TH:t MOltAL IN STRUCTOR .

1'1rs~ Freeman, "the bird~ ·lay their · eggs.

The ·mother · sits on t hem, and her mate
brings her food, and sits by her, and sings
to please her. When the you~g birds come
o ut.of the eggs, the old on~s appear to forget they want food . t hemselves, and · only
think of their little family . They are constantly employed in feeding them. If it
rains, or the wind blol\'s, they hurry to their
nest, ari'd cover· it with their wings, to keep
out the \Vind and water. Arid all night they
cover them with the greatest . care. A bird
that has not got young ones, flies at t he
sligJit&,--t noise, and trembles at the smallest
danger~ But, when she has a family to care
for,~ bird does not know what fear is ." .
IS} •' P oor, dear birds," cried the chil_d ren, " how we will love you ! . Never aga in
will we be so cruel as to do you harm."
14. "Yes, my dear children," said their
mother. " l{eep this resolution, and I shall
love you for it. Never injure any creature,
or cause it the smallest p ain, for mere amuse. ment. . Nothing so surely makes . bad men
1
and women as cruelty in childhood."
Repeat the substance of this story . . What did the children do to the bird's nest 1 Was this right or wrong 1 How
would the mother feel when she came back to the nest ?
What do you think she would do? Did you ever see a
bird's nest 1 Do you think it costs them much pains and
trouble to ~ake them, or not ? How would you feel to
.have any_thm~ of_Yours destroye~, after you had taken as
much pams with it 1 Do you thmk the birds would foel
I'

..

·.

12. " When the nest is built," continued

_.,..

53

.
.

so, or not? Why do they make their nests so softand
warm 1 Are birds . fond of their young ones, or ·not?
V{ould you like to examine a bird's nest? Wheri ' can
' ve do this without injuring them? If we are cr~el to
birds .when we are young, how shall we probably act · to
men and women as we grow ~ older. , "\Vho made the
birds 1 Will he. be pleased, or displeased, do. you think,
to see them ill-treated 1 Does he care about buds, or not ?
\Vhat does the Bible :say ahout this ? "Are not five sparro ws sold for two farthings, and not one of them ~s forgotten before- God?" Luk e xii. 6 . "Behold the fo\vls of
the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gath er
into barns; ye t y ou r heavenly Father feed eth . them.
Matt. vi. 26.~ "The merciful m an doeth good to h1s own
soul: but he· that is cruel trouble th his own flesh." P!ov.
xi. 17. ....,;,;ro ..-

_.

-

LESSON XIV.

~-

Filial Jl.j}'ection.

i

. i

1. " Goon mornin~; my dear Fanny, "
said l\ir. Stevens to his l(ttle daughter, as
he met her comina
dow n . st a irs. " Come
;:,
along with n1c. I am gomg to show you
somethino- you will be very g lad to sec ."
· 2 . , " ,f1 hat is it , papa?'~ c ri ed Fanny.
3. " .God has given you a little brother
last ni c:rht," said her father.
·
.
41. '~A little brother1" said s;he. "Ah,
where is he? Let me see him '. '": Do take
m·e to hi.rri directly."
"'
.
· 5. Her father opened the door ?f the
chamber ·in which her mother lay, wit~ the
infant beside her. · Fanny went up to the
bed, and laid her h-and upon its head.
5~

~

i~

'

THE

r¥f0RAL INSTRUCTOR;·
OR

CULTURE OF THE HEART, AFFECTIOKS,
AND INTELLECT

'

WHILE

LEARNING TO READ.
PART IY.
The vict'ry is most sure, to him who strives
To yield entire submission to the b.w
Of conscience; conscience reverenc'd and obey'd,
· As God's most intimate presence in the soul,
And hi~ most perfect image in the world.
WORDSWORTH.

BY THOMAS H. PALMER,
AUTHOR OF THE l'E!Zf: ESS.\ Y 0:0.- EDl"C.l.TIO:;, E:-."T!TLlD

;n: .>,.Cl! SP.' S

"THE

C.1.\:0.-l" .l.L .''

J:>UBLISHBD BY
1'BOMAS, COWPEP.THWAIT & CO ., PHILADELPHIA; A. V. BLAKE, NEW
YORK; . DURRIE & PECK, NEW HAVEN; BROWN .t PARSONS,
HARTFORD; ISAAC H . CADY, PROVIDENCE; AND JOHN
W. FOSTER, PORTS:MOIJTH, N. H.

WM. D... TICltNOR &

co.,

BOSI'ON, GENER.AL AGENTS.

~- -

I•

:·· ;

I ( b/ :J.

/ I/

t. / ~- :..L!<.A.-f I

(J/

/ J • "' I

,

.

j /

.L/ '
o::;u.4~:,.-rrn -r; <~

~-; - t?;,,L( .-

L'/
-?

,

i

/

L-t' u,i / - ~- r

;· rl j'
/

.I

THE

i

"'~
Vf--

YANKEE BOY:

I / -. . / - ,

..-{; . :z /;,,:
.

.

(., j··i."-:t.f ·C / .
(.!

OR

-- . . . . . . ---=

_ .Entered, according to Act of Congre5s, ln the year 1842,_..
EY THO:i\'lAS H . PALMl.R,
.
the Clerk's Office of the Distrir:t Court of Vermont.

INCIDENTS IN THE LIFE OF

FRANK REED.
PART FIRST.
,

i

STEREOTYPED BY ·

GEORGE A. CURTIS, '
R. :&NOL.A.ND TYP1' .A.ND 6TERKOTYPS FOUNDRY 1 BOSTO!f.

..
But, slighted as it is, and by the great
Abaridon'd, the country wins me still.
I never fram'd a wish, or form'd a plan,
But there I laid the scene.
My very dreams were rural.
Cowl'ER.

irl .·- :·:: :./ · ~

r::,;~..

.-..:-- .... ~~,._,! ·:.:··:: ..- -

PREFACE.
/

IN the present volume of the "Moral Instructor," I
have ventured to leave the common track of reading books
for schools, aind to present a continued narrative in place
of a ~ollection of unconnected fragments. The hero of the
sto11 is a" Yankee Boy," born and bred on a farm, among
the romantic mountains of New England. His sports, his
earljftudies, his rural occupations, for~ the t~pics of !he
first_ ~rt of the volume; and the remamder IS occupied
with a narrative of a journey with his father and sister, in .
the course of which they visit some of the most interesting
portions of the United States.
This plan 7 it will be perceived, combines the advantages
pf~ book of travels with that of an interesting story; and
it Is to be hoped, that the description of New England
sceI?-ery an~ New England manners will be found quite
as mterestmg and useful to American youth, as extracts
from European writers. At all events, the picture of
the~e home scenes w~ll avoid that tendency to awaken the
feelmgs of aute, wh1c_h deform descriptions of society in
the old world, and which are so inconsistent with the perfect freedom and equality of our institutions and manners
especially in the country.
·
'
But the main object in this, as well as in the other Parts
of. the ".Instructor," is to awaken and develop the conscience I?- early youth, and to cause it habitually to act
almost .with the .ease and rapidity of instinct; to accustom
the child, of his own accord, to deduce a valuable moral

lesson fro.m every scene an~ from every occurrence j . ~nd
to lead him to look deeper mto Nature than the mere surface, by habituating him to see it in a spiritual as well as
a physical P?int of view; to acquire a taste for hea'lty,
and to see impressed on every object around him the
power_and goodness of the Deity, in characters too evident
to be mistaken; to cultivate an abiding .sense of the Omnipresence of God, and to impress its importance on the
child, by frequent appeals to him whether he could possibly
fail to act right under its guidance.
Another object, although a subordinate one to that of
moral training, is that of rendering labor honorable and
attractive, by exhibiting the laborer, as he frequently
appears in the interior of New England, combining genuine . politeness, (not only of the heai;t, but of the outward
manner,) intelligence, and moral worth, with unwearied
iµd_us!ry and economy. The cultivation of a taste for
rural occupations and rural pleasures also has not been
lost sight of. The example of Frank and his associates,
it is believed, will have a tendency to do away the strong
bias which exists among our youth to despise the pursuits
of their fathers, _to desert the country, and to crowd into
· the cities.
Throughout the whole of this series of books, dealing
out what is called poetical jitstice to the different characters has been studiously avoided, under the conviction that
it is not accordant with Truth and Nature; that the rewards of virtue, even in this life, are of a higher order
than mere outward circumstances. · The object has been
to show that happiness does not consist in external things,
and to nppeal to the pupil as to his own consciousness of
" the soul's calm sunshine, the heartfelt joy" attendant
on virtue, and the shame and remorseful feelings which
,,
.
cling so closely to vice.
Should this sketch of the "Yankee Boy meet with
approbation; the subject will be continued, by exhibit_ing
Frank supporting himself and passing through .a collegiate
course, and gradually rising to indepe~dence, without othe~
aid than his own industry. .
:

1*

TABLE OF CONTENTS;
OR.

SYNO:PSIS OF

THE

MORAL ·LESSONS

IN Tll.E

..

YANKEE BOY.

'

CHAPTER l.-The Brother.
Page.
Description of a good boy-early rising-piety-cleanlinessindustry-good temper-content-punctuality-attention to
stndy-trutb-performance of promisesLconfession of errorcourage-cloaked profanity-liberality--peace making-Christian politeness-veneration-respect to property-filial love
and obedience-kindness · to animals-self-denial-perseverance-order-self-examination-patience, gentleness, and
~:·
9
l l l l l d ness,
•·
.
.
.
. .· .
.
. · .
•
CHAPTER lI.-The Sister.
De~
· ·ption of a good girl-gentleness, kindness, and affectionm
er of gaining the affection and confidence of her brother, 16
CHAPTER Ill.-The City.
Beauties of nature, and gratitude to God, .
•
•
•.
23
CHAPTER lV.-The Sea.
Politeness and kindness,
26
CHAPTER V.-The Sea.
Contrast between a good and a naughty child,
31
CHAPTER Vl.-The Farm.
Formation of habits of ordP-r and industry-of parental love and
· · love to God-of respect to age-kindness and tenderness,
37
CHAPTER VII.-Tlte Homestead.
Kindness to animals,
.
..
42
. CHA~TER VIII.-The Thanksgivirfg Visit.
Seliisbness-'-Ommpresence of God, .
.
. . .
..
48
CHAPTE ~ . IX._:_ The Thanksufoing Visit, ( it>ntinv.ed.)
Advanta~es of strict truth-ev1!s ~~deceit,
_•
.
.
53
.
. ,
.
CHAPTER X.-The School. ·
Justice-tolerance,
.
.
.
.
.'
.
•
63
.
.
CHAP!ER XL-Sheep-Washing.
Indus.try-1~leness-obJect of the Creator in requirina
man to
0
be mdustnous,
.
.
70
. .
·
CHAPTER XII.-Net Fishing.
Gratitude to God-fraternal kindnflss, . .
.
77

•

. CHAPTER X~II-~Sheep-Shearing and Angling. , Page.
Beauties of nature-their object-malicious jokina
a breach . of
0
the golden rule-is it lying 1 •
8.t
·
CHAPTER XIV.-The 11-Ienauerie.
M~chief-making-proper treatment of the ani~al creation,
91
.
l?HAP~ER XV.-The 11lenagerie, (continued.) . :
Tnckery-1ts pumshment,
.
.
.
.
.
.
101
.
CHAPTEll XVI.-Pleasu.res of Evenill,,..
Beauties of nature-a taste for beauty one of the scfrest means
. of awakening and sustaining a lofty spirit of devotion, .
109
.
.CHAPTER XVTI .-Th e B otanizin,,. E:rcursion .
Good temper-Christ's rule of pol,i teness-te;dency of the love
of nature,
1 !8
·~CHAPTER XVIII. Hay-fllaldng.
Dauge'. of throwing sticks and Slimes-obedience to parents-ommpresence of God,
.
.
.
.
.
.
126
CHAPTER XlX.-The Stage-coach ,
Tattling-patience under suffering-why God made physic disa.,,. - greeable,
135
CHAPTER XX.-The Canal-boat.
Beauties of nature-ridicule-tenderness for the feelings of
H6
others,
.
·
CHAPTER XXI.-The Springs.
159
Deceit-what it implies-omnipresence of God,
.
CHAPTER XXII.
·· - ·
Lake Horican, or the Lake of the Crystal Waters.
170
Pnde and ·rudeness, .
•
.
.,
.
.. .
CHAPTER XXIII.-The Steambnat.
Punctuality at scbool--how to ensure it at church-beauties of
nature-for whom intended, .
184
CHAPTER XXIV.-The Railroad.
199
Christian politeness-cruelty to animals,
.
CHAPTER XXV.-Philadelphia.
214
Stealing and cheating-cloaked profanity,
·.
CHAPTER XXVI.-Fhiladelphia, (continued.)
229
Stealing-bad company-obedience to parents, .
CHAPTER XXVII.-The Storm at Sea.
Quarrelling-revenge-how .to prevent-how often should we
forgive ?-presence of mind-how acquired-haughtinessconfession of error,
·.
245
;
CH APTER · XXVIII.-Boston.
261
Detractit>n-party spirit-scandal-rules for conversation,
CHAPTER XXIX.-The Maniifactqry.
Troofs of the being of a God, and of his greatness and goodness, 278

.

·,

DIRECTIONS TO TEACHERS.

MORAL . INST

.;·

0:-.'E of the most important objects of this book being the dev<elopment and exercise of the moral sense in youth, ~he tea~her
is respectfully requested on 11:0 account whatever to omit questioning the classes after the reaumg of every .lesson. Let not the want
of time be su"'oested as an excuse. Better to read only once a day,
or even only ;;ce in two days, than to omit this exercise. To. be
virtnoas is better than to be a good reader. Let no opportunity,
.
.
.
.
therefare, of exercising the conscience be lost.
The teacher should also be fully aware that his s1tuat10n is
different from that of a mere mechanic. He is not placed in a
school merely to smooth a blo::k or to turn a crank. He is put
there to form immortal mind, and he must bring his own mmd
to the task. The questions must not be read over in a slovenly,
:pa.rrot-like manner. He should observe, by the answers, whether
they are fully understood, and vary their form when necessary.
Tti:e pupils should be required to give as fuU an answer as
possible to every question. For instaf1Ce: to the question, "Does
being peevish or cross make us feel happy or unhappy?" the
answ~ shou1d not merely be "unhappy;" but "Being peevish
,or c~ makes us feel unhappy." A simple affirmative or
negative should never be receiv-ed as an answer. F<'r
instan.ee: to the question, "Can we ever be too grateful to God
for m-aking it- so pleasant to do our duty?" the answer should
not be, "No;" but, "No, we never can be too grateful for it;" or
"No, we can never be too grateful for having our duty made so
pleasant." At first this will require some little effort on the
part of both pupil and teacher. But it will soon become easy;
and it will confer a vast ·increase of power over the attention,
and of fluency of expression, upon the pupil.
·
The teacher should also endeavor to catch the spirit of the
questions, so as to be able to apply a similar series to every
occurrence that may come to the knowledge of bis pupils,
whether in or out of school. The conscience cannot be too frequently e.xercised in deciding between right and wrong. But
~'hen he is at a loss, be may be aided in this duty by examinmg th~ table of contents of the $everal parts oftbe "Instructor."'
He Wlll thus be able to find questions suitable to almost everv
subject likely to come under the notice of the school. ·
·
The teacher may exercise bis discretion as to the manner of
using the qu~tations from the Bible at the end of the questions.- In
some cas~s, it may. be proper for the pupils to commit them to
memory; rn others, It may be sufficient to have them read aloud by
the teacher, or by one of the class.
·
·
·

CTOR.

"PART

THE
/

CHAPTER I.

The · Brother.
Let truth and virtue be their earliest teachel'S ·

Keep from the~r ear the syren Toice of flattery,

, ~~~P. ~rpm ~heu eye ~the · harlot form of vice •.
.

., .. . .

. ,

.

~Mallet.

I. F:RANK REED, the Yankee boy, \Vas
born in tpe state of Vermont. Hi~ grandfather was one of the first settl.ers in Rutland
county. At the time this story commeri"ces,
Frank was about nine years old. He had

-

.

10
. . t
called l\'lary about two years oldCa·.
a sis er,
'
·
F
k

A I have ·a great deal to say about ran '
it ~vill be proper to tell yo_u beforehand what
sort of a boy he was, th.at you may know.
something of the con1pan1on you are about
to have.
. h
z. As soon as Frank wakes in
t ~ morning~ or as soon as he is called, he springs up
and qresses himself. He then r.etums _thanks
to his Maker for his care of hlm during the
pa8t night.
,
·· ·
3. Frank then washes hin1self clean,_ an.d,
,vitbout waiting to be told, sets about his htle chores.
·
4. He never grumbles at his meals, nor
t . ·es to seize the best things at t~ble, ?ut
c · eerfully eats what his parents give him.
As soon as he has ·done breakfast, he looks
over · the lessons he had studied the night
be.fore, so as to be quite ready for s?hool.
5. He never plays nor loiters on his way to .
school, buf is always there at the proper ~o.ur.
His class never have to lose time by waiting
for him. At school, he attends to his st_udies, and never disturbs _any one, by whispering, or by moving about.
6. If Frank is sent on an errand, he never
stops to play or talk with a?.y body. He goes
and comes directly with his message. ,
7. Frank always speaks the truth. When
he is relating any thing that he has seen or
beard , he tries to -tell it exactly
as it was.
.
He · does riot alter or invent any part, to

make the story tell better: If he has forg6t .. ·
ten any p~rt, he acknowledges that he has
forgotten
it. He never tells a lie ' everi in
.Jest.
8. Hi.s father and mother never exacted a
prmnise from him on trifling occasions.- If
!h.ey wi~hed him to ~o any thing, they thought
it sufficient to tell him sq. And they advised
~iin)o consider well before he 1nade a promise ·~ to any one. . Frank, therefore, seldom
. promises, · but what he does promise,· he always performs.
.- -= · _. 9.- -Frank seldom does a bad or a careless .
action. But when such a thing does happen,
he never denies it.
confesses it at once,
· and tries, if possible, to make amends, or
repair the wrong.
10. Frank is no coward. If'he sees any
child ill-used, he always takes his part, let
-who will be .. the aggressor~ But he never
engages in quarrels for himself. He is kind
to all his playmates ; but if tney are cross or
naughty, he leaves them at once.
· 11. l\'lany of his school-fellows formerly
made use of such expressions as, "darn it,"
"by George," &c. But he has persuaded
all his companions to leave off such foolish
and unchristian language. "His father,"
he sai<l, " considered this as wicked as any
other kind of swearing, and would not like i
him to associate with any boy that used it."
12. Frank is always ready to assist any
one that needs it. When he has any nice
.

. ./

He

fruit or cake, he loves to share them 'vith his
·playmates_better than to eat them alo_ne~
13. Frank is a peace-maker. . He never
makes mischief by repeating any ill-natl!red
thing which one child may say of anot'1~r.
If any of his schoolmates get into .a quarr_e l,
he tries to reconcile them, and to prevail on
them to be· :friends _again. · Ile is a lways
so-rry to hear that any one has done wrong,
or met \vith inisfortunes ; but he likes to
.hear and repeat any good action or good
lu.ck that has befallen him.
14. All the children fove 'him. It has be"come a common saying in the town where
'Jie lives, "As good a·s _Frank Reed."
!\:. 15. Frank is not remarkably g racefu l in
His 1nanners, or polished in his language.
But he possesses the true . spirit of chris tian
politeness-the politeness of the heart. He
has learnt " to feel another's wo," and would
shrink from hurting the feelings of the humblest of the poor, or of the weakest of his
school-fellows. He delights to make every
one around him feel pleasant and happy, and
·never .says or does any thing to make one
feel disagreeably. He never puts himself
· before any one, nor looks as if he thought
himself better than any of the company.
When any one is sick in the house, he walks
softly, and speaks low.
·
16. Frank always treats older persons
~vith r~verence and at~ention. If any person
lS talking, he never interrupts him.
If h~

~~g!..~-·~;z~
· ~~~~Bov~~·-::~;---~~'~;~:1fJS
has any thing to say, he waits patiently. tin ·
he has done speaking~ He is fond of inquiring into the reasons of t}:iings, but he is care:.
ful to do it at the proper time. When people
are busy, he never troubles them with his
inquiries, but waits till .they are at leisure to
attend to him. ·
17. Frank never takes ,any thing that d<;>es ·
not b~long to him without leave. He never
touches even the books or pla}things of his
sister, without her permission.
_ )S. Frank loves his parents very dearly.
·· - ---He :;always n1inds what they say to him, and
tries_to please them. 1Vhen they deny him
what he wants, he does not grumble, nor
pout, nor look angry. He recollects that his
. parents know better what is proper for him
than · he does. Neither. his parents nor his
teach_er ever have to tell him twice to do any
thing. H·e always does what he is told at
once ; and if he knows what they want, he
does not wait to be told. _Even when in the
midst of his play, he cheerfully leaves it if
his father or mother want him.
19. If he can help it, Frank never hurts
any dumb creature. When he sees any of
his schoolmates. act cruelly, he asks them,
"How would you like to be treated so 1 "
When it becom~§l necessary to kill animals,
he does it quickly, so as to give them as·
little pain as possible.
·
20. Frank practises self-denial. If he
has money to spend, he does not buy the .
2

"'·''

°,:'

him a iasting pleasure.
~;)
1:.r:~ ! l1~- is: r ~ ; q- ~1 '\-rir;n ::- •
~ :;

-

LL ___

hf"H'"'""

~

• ,, •• ,~.,

11 r';,

....,.~

T••~··

~ •• tio.i. ...... l 1::..... ~ p_ l_.,_••

<11JU

\..A.I.Vi.A.

A\Jo....1-

.......

-.

._,.__

~

~

~

l)!~rrir1 ~

..

,"•

.

1-

~

~ -- - -'

. . --- 1,

lit: c~1.r c1ul1\ · ctn1~~1l1t_·1~_) \

1
•

i

- -

1""'1 .... -...-.T

.J

'-!_l..l.JVL!"

H1'C"Ui('

11c

~-, ,.~

; t

:

iL

1

-, 1,,

11Ct1,t

.!

\

:t!ltl

!:.

once he has <lctermine<l, he pers is ts till
hie has completed it.
22. If Frank has any work to do, he al·w ays finishes it hcfo;~e . he. thinks of play.
"\Vork before play , · 1s h1s m otto . If he
has any school-tasks to lean~ at ho1ne,. he

1_always attends to thein early u1 the ~venmg,
~ efore he g.ets sleepy, and neve~ waits to be
\fged by his p~rents. . In the p:cture at the
beginning of this chapter, you will see Frank
writin{J' a composition for school.
23. °Frank keeps all his things ·in their
proper places, and in good order. He is
careful not to dirty or tear his books. When
lie retires to bed, he does not throw his
clothes on the floor, but places them carefully on a chair. When he cl~.anges his dress,
he hangs his clothes in his closet, or folds
them neatly, . and places them in his chest or
in his drawers.
·24. When Frank retires to bed, he tries
to call to mind every thing he has done
through. the day. If he recollects any tliing
that is wrong, he asks God's forgiveness, and
resolves to do all he can to make amends.

0£'\

'II~

('""._,... • .,.. .

J.lV

.1.:t

Ot\..Jn. •

'1111.7r-tl"lT"a

!

tl'.&.&'-'J.J.

f_lf)P~-:

'

fl(}[

1

'

(" {)fI1IYl : t111

L...-8

-

.JI«-:

111r:irr'

.. ,.....

1.:-,

_..._ . . . . . _

tl•tl.

rn ~l. Il

):-:

............... I

llt -~ l_.llAI~

_n r·c es

:<:: r ."· t f } l et i l i ~ -r·r i ~ -· rl t 1~ ]\ 1! i ~ \ \ - -, •. 1J ( 1t ~: l l:-: 1ii n
He JH~Yt;r rcfu:-;c:-; to tak rnu1icirn: hccan:-:t'

.1· ,.- 0c\')·~
·rncl 1f it is ·\\ Orth the trouble; mid,
i . . ._, ,;. ., (

l\vhen

:~

=Hi;

....... _.

;;;,~i, ;1 r1~- o l-f b ci ~J:·c it i ~; fo1i:-"lH'1l.
t

:_:

10

~~- ~~~- ~_:

its taste is unpleasant, bu t submits mildly
to all that is necessary to be done for him .·

'

Repeat all that you can re collect of FwnL's character.
Explain the picture, naming the persons, <tncl telling \Yhat
Frank js doing. '\Vhat does Frank do when he 1vake:0 in
the morning? \Vhat next? Hor\.' docs he bchJ.ve at
meals? W hat does he do after breakfast ?-on his 1vay
to school, and at school ?-when sent of errands? \Vhat
was said of him about truth ?-about promi ses? Is it
right to make rash promises? How does he ac t when he
has done wrong ?-when he sees a child ill-used ?-about
profanity ?-with his playmates? \Vhat was said of his
politeness, «if 15, 16, 17? How does h e treat bis parents ?-dumb creatures? "'What was sa id of hi s self-denial ?-of his perseverance? Does he 1vork or play first?
vVhat time does he take for his school-tasks? How does
he keep his clothes ?-his books? \Vhat does he do when
he retires to bed? How does he act 1vhen he is sick?
Do you know any body as good as Frank? Is there any
part of Frank's conduct that you could no t imitate?
\Vould being like him make you more or less happy?
vVould it make your parents more or less b appy? \Vould
it make you more or less pleasing to God? \Vhat does
the Bible say of boys like Frank? A wise son maketh .a
glad· father: · but a foolish son is the heaviness of his
JJ10ther.-Prov. x. 1.

...
sle into every town ? Could we get things as cheap if
we had to go a long way after th~~? Exp~ain, par. 2,
"pent-up streets," and "enamelled.
What 13 meant by
"arm of the sea," "a battery with cannon to defend the
city" "a grassy lawn," par. 3 ?-"studded with islands,''

"st~mboats," and " Yessels," par. 4? Explain " his
thoughts would carry him back," and" encircled," pa_r .. 5.
Explain the bne of men at the fire, pH. 10, and "adjoining," par . . 11. Did you ever notice _how beautiful t_h e
sparkling brooks ar:, and the pretty httle fis~ that S\VI'.11
about in them? D1d you ever observe the difference rn
the coloJ of the woods in spring and foll, in summer and
winter'? \Vhich do you think most beautiful? Are they
rrH beautiful, or not?. Did you c\·cr not ice t}1e woods imE1eclio.tclv after a fall of snw.~· ? o~ :;park ling like dic:irnonds
:::.ftcr a LiH of freezing r~ i:1? or the brilliant colors tl1c sky
::ometirnes urc:;cnt :-: at sun~ct? or tlic bcautifol shzi.des and
forms of th'e clouds in a summer's day? "\Vho made all
these beautiful sights for us? Should we not be nngrate··
fol to h im, if we we re ne\·er to notice, and fee1 th ankful
for lhem? What does the Bible :;ay of the works of God?
T ' ~'1 ho ·1· r~
~ ,..,;r~lr1l & co•.-. +h , - ···c.:.1
__ ' 1·,-1 ,_,,.:_, C: u··lL_l _j· ~.) } .~ld
0 ..L...i01'o....I..,
~1.l«.J.J.il01
\~
n_~
thou made the;n a11. - Ps . fr,· ..:.?1.
J.l'

1 ,

'-l.I

'-'

LI > 'r

} j

a

_

..._)

_

_

•

CJL\PTETI IY.

!

The sea, the sea, the open sea!
The blue, the fresh, the ever free!
\Vithout a mark, without a sound,
It runneth the _earth's wid~ regions round.

I.

l\1r. Reed had lived a number of
years at New York, one of the merchants
hired him to go to Buenos Ayres, in South
. America, in one of his ships, to sell the goods .
AFTER

27

that he meant to send there, and to· bring
back other goods from that country.

2. See! there is the ship that ~Ir. Reed
sailed in . See how it pitches, as it goes
rapidly through the water. The name of the
ship is the Eliza.
3. The hull, or that part of the ship \rhich
is in the wate r , is built of strong timber:-; and
planks. I t wi 1l hold a great many \vagonloads of goods. In the fore end is a room
for the sailors to lodge ih. This is common1y dilrk, clo::-;e, anc1 not vcn· com fortable . It
i~ c all ed tlw fcH·cc;i st ie . - Bm ;i t the ()t h r·r
end is a large, pleasant room for the officers
of the vessel. l\'.Ir. Reed lived in this roo1n.
It is called the cabin. The rest of the vessel is used for stowing the goods.
4. Three lo!tg poles, as large as a middlesized tree, are fixed straight up in the hull.
,.rhese are called the masts. The highest
one is in the . middle, as you may see by the
picture. It is called the n1ain-mast. ~he
one before it is called the fore-mast; the h1n-

der one t he mizen-mast. B esides these uprig~t m~sts, there _is one which projects_from
the head of the ship, called the bowspnt.
5. The use of these masts is to support
the sails by which the vessel is moved_ The
sails are fastened to poles called Jards .
rrhese yards arc placed across the n1as ts, and
sl ide up and do,,·n them by n1eans of hoops,
or lar£:e rings. rrhcy are drawn up and
down..~~rnd t u~·ned d ifferent ' vays to cat c h th e.
wind, , by ropes passing th rough pulley;::;.
G. ,_~..., h c sails consist of pi eccs of st cut
dotL ~·c \\ c<l t o~.::cth cr, mndc~ of hcrnp. 1t is
by the . ,-, -i11c1 blov.·ing on tbcrn that Ycss c1s arc
f~rced through the water .
-. ,7. \\ hcn the wind bknvs moderately, the
sal'ior:-; hoist all 1he sails . B ut "·h .2n the
wind blmv:-:; stron[!:, some of them are furled
o i~ tied up to t li ~ } a rd s. I tt t he pi ct u r c,.
t h e upper on es on t he main an d foremas t are
1

morning, ·and again sink into it in the evening after crossing the sky.
9. Two days after losing sight of land, a
flock of flying -fish passed across the vessel,
and one of them striking against the mainmast, fell into the ship, and was caught.
'l'hcsc fish arc nbont th e size of a man's
hand. Some of their fin s are s o long, that
they can fly with them as long as the fins arc
'vet, but as soon as they become dry, the
fish drop into the water ngain. \Vhcn pursued by the dolphin, th ey rise into th e ~1i r;
hut fre quen tly only to m ee t ;inothcr cncmj-.
For the gull, or the alhri.tr o~~;: l'n·..-~; on t bcrn
above, as w ell ~is th e du 1pL in L ch 1'; 1hc wa
tcr. l\Ir. HJ:C(1 picked up tlic llying-f1sh,
and preserved it by putting it in a bottle of
spirits . This pictu re is a goo(_1 represent ation uf a 1iying-fo,li.

fu rled.

Sometimes the wind is so violent,
that :tll tlw sail:s arc ti c<1 up, <ind cn'11 the
y:ird3 t~iLen d<>\\ 1i. Tliis i:; called "scuddin0a u nd er Lar e poles :~
!
8. ~Ir. Reed sailed from New York in
the b eginning of August. The weather was
delightful, and the sea tolerably smooth.
On the second day, at noon, they lost sight
of land. Nothing was now · to be seen all
around but an immense circle of 'vater
bounded by the sky. The sun and stars
seemed to rise directly out of the sea in tho

IO. One would think that a ship, where
frequently nothing is to be seen but sky and
water, would be dull enough. Dr. Johnso~,
the celebrate'd English writer;. says, a ship
is a prison, with the c_hance of ?eing drowned.
But, after all, there 1s something very pleasant in a sailor's life. 'fhe appearaJ?.ce, both

3*

~

..

'"

-T
,,..f'
·f-h.Q
"""............
""'

C!.a'!J '!Jnrt
~kv. i;;:
chan 0rrin!!,
---_......_ ---J'
-- nernetuaHv
r
c
,,,,1
"-"'

A great variety of fishes, a!ld other str3:nge
creatures, are to be seen u1 the sea; little
birds and sometimes great ones, accomp~:1~
the y~ssel ~ and the ship itself is a beauhtl1I
~.-. ..,·n· f. .-h1,'1·< tnu· t hroucrh the \Yaves, es1)ee1a!iv
~ 1 t;ni~ht, \Yhe;1 t he ftam is resplendent \Yi r.h
phosohoric li uht. The company, too, is
~

-~

'

..

•

• • • • .J

•

..

• • • ('.:

•

•

-.

-

l

l

. •

2"ene~allv remc.~rkably social, especially '\vhere

ther are~ men of sense; and, as there is cornn10~1ly a good deal of leisure, they have full

cmnoi·tunitY to hccorne acyuainted, and 1nake
t
•·
1
h
thernsdv-eg agreeable to eac11 ot er.
1 l. Earl y.Jone mornino-, about the middle
of the second \ve ek, l\Ir. Ilccd \Vas awakened
hy hearing one of the sailors holla, a sail !
a· sail!
On hearing th is · joyful news, he
h~tily dressed hi1nself, an<l ran up on deck.
L~ok~na
all aronn<l, he at last saw the top
"
t:l
of the masts of a vessel, just appearing above .

WhAt hQv~
••

~--·

··- ·

~

,Tnn h~on
J --

~--u

... nn...l; __ .-\...- ...... &.?
£

...........

0 avv1.a:

T'\ - - -

_•1_ .Llt::~c.;fHJe

.1

•

u1e p1c•

ture, pointing out the hull, masts, bowsprit, yards, sails,
furled sails, forecastle, and cabin. Tell the use of all these
parts. Why do flying-fish rise out of the water? What
do they fly with 1 _ \Vhy can the slender tops of masts be
:;:een before the bu1ky hull of a vessel? "'\Vhat did Dr:
Johnson say about a ship·? Is thi :-; correct~ YY-111 s. ::hip

•

1

'

••

.,

'

•

•

' .

1

be. an un r11e asant plat.: e, 1t l11c people cin tioard arc 1~1 ncJ.]
P'Jlite, and a tten tive to om; another? L it every person's

duty to be so? Do you think a person can be happy, or
not, if he is cross and rude to those around him? \Vhat
<loes the Bible say about this? All things v:hatsoeYer
ye would that men should do to y ou, do ye eYen so to
them; for this 1s the law and the prophets: J\Iatt. vii. 12.

I

~

/'.'.)

the iYorizon. It looked as if a ship had sunk
there, leaving nothing above the water but
the top of the masts ; but, instead of rcmni ni ng stil1 , it kept rising slrrn·ly, t i ll at last
BYcry part of the vessel was vi::;ible.
- 12. It was not long before the vessels arrived within hail, when, after asking the ne\vs,
- and wishing each other a prosperous voyage,
each took its several way. It proved to be
an English ship, hound from the West Indies
to London.
13. In due time Mr. Reed ]anded safely
, at Buenos Ayres, where his cargo was sold
· to good advantage.
1

CHAPTER V.

The Sea.
Behold the threa c1en sails ,
Born e with the invisible and creep ing wind,
Draw the huge bottom through the furrO\ved sea,
Breasting the lofty surge.
Sh.akspeare.

I. IN the plains of South Am~rica, .i~­
mense herds of cattle are found in a wild
state. So gr~at is their abur{dance, that
vast nurr1bers of them are killed solely for

NKEE BOY.

CHAPTER VI.

The Farm.
How blest the Farmer's simple life !
How pure the joy it yields!
Fa!. from7 t~e world's te:npestuous strife;
r ·ree .rnid th-c :;ccn tcd tic1ds !
E~· c rc tt ~

ii

· :"f:

- «· ··:;·1

~~
~

-~
·~

7~

~;;s.:

·...~J

~ !:~
·,;;
: '~~

.... .

~~

- ·--~~
:~-i3

~~~

<;~

r

"J:c;J

Hf

I
·.·~ .

.
'

1~

.mt

1. A FTE R seeing a numbor of strange
sights fo r t he landsmen, such as the sea in a
storm, water-spouts, and shoals of porpoises
filling the surfac~ of the sea for 1niles around,
our voyagers at length arrived safely at New
York.
llere l\Ir. Green found a vessel
bound fo r London,. in 'vhich he took passage
for himself and family, and l\Ir. Reed pro- ,
ceeded to settle his business with the owner
of the ship Eliza, who had employed him in
this voyage.
2. When he had made this settlement,
.Mr. Reed · found that the profits of his
voyage, added to his former earnings, were
sufficient to procure him the grand ~bject of.
4

his 'vishes, a

farm in his native state. He
therefore determined at once to bid adieu to
mercantile pursuits, and settle himself for
life among his old friends and relations in
· Vermont.
3. Accordingly, early in the spring he
stepped on board a steamboat for Albany,
where he arrived next morning, and, after a
long daJ'S ride in the stnge, was safely
landed at his father's door.
4. It was but a short time Lefore he found
a farm tha t suited him in the <lelightful Yal1ey of Otte r-Creek, anc1 once rn~re betook
himself to the healthful labor~ of his boyhoou.
In the picture you cl111 sec him at work 'iYirh
his plough, near his house, \Yhich you niay
observe pleasantly pccpin~ out from. mnong
:the tree.s in the back ground. Befure n1cn1y
weeks h e \Yas 1narried to the daug-hter of a
n~ghboring far mer , and . Ly tlw1r united
in~ustry they were soon surrounded by every
ie--0.mfort that a cont en t ed heart co uld wi ~h .

5.

In this pleasant cottage I\ nry and

~'rank \Vere born ; the you:n~ · folks of ~1vho m

you have _already read in .the first twQ chapters of this book. Here they were trained
in habits of order and industry, in love to
their paren~s, ·and love to God / in respect to
the -aged, k1ndnes~ to their . companions, and
tenderness to every living creature.
6. When Mary was only eight years old,
her father had a chest of drawe.r s made for
her and · Frank. In one .of these drawers

they kept their playthings, and they had each
a drawer for their clothes, which they were
required always to keep neat and orderly.
7. At a short distance behind the house
there was a beautiful little brook, which
abounded with fish at all seasons of the year.
I\Ir. llced had laid a couple of planks across
it, as a bridge for J\Iary and Frank. These
he had secured finnly by stakes to each
bank.
'l'he children were very fond of
stan<ling on this little bridge, on a summer's
afternoon, after school) to yyatch the trout
swirnminou up and down under the bricLze.
It was, indeed, a delightful sight to see the
glancing of their beautifully spotted sides, as
they darted almost like lightning backwards
and forwards .
8 ~ ,_
-r l·e (_~liilt1reri selt10111 \\~ cr1 t '-io\~;r1 t,() the
~

f~
~
'

bridge without carrying some crumb:-;, o r

small pieces of 1neat; with them to feed the
trout ; and any one that saw how rapidly the
fi~h wou lrl !.!l arn ·c h ;1c kward -: a nd frir 1Y:i r<L.;
soon a s .Frank ' !" or l\Ian ' s ~hadow foH
nn th0 "":'tr"'r. !' mdr hnrdlv . lieln hf-)ir:•inc:
0 -

: 1:-;

----

:... ......... _

··--....,· .. ,

----

_.,_

"'

J

.&.

that the fish were partly tamed, -and knew
and loved their little friends. J\1r. and Mrs.
Reed encouraged their children in this practice. They considered it . one of the best
methods of cultivating an amiable te_m per.
They thought that those who. frorn inf~ncy
extended their love to every animated bemg,
would hardJy becon1e disobedient children,

or unkind brothers or sisters, or unfaithful
friends, husbands, wives, or parents ..
9. The garden extended from· the house
nearly down to the brook. · Here l\'Ir. Reed
raised his asparagus, peas, cabbages, and
other vegetables; and. also plenty of cucumhers and the various kinds of· 1nelons.
.tilong the bord ers of the g a rden "\VCr e jJlacc<l
the · gooseberry and currant bushes; which
a fforded ahnndance of these ·fruits for t he
table, and still left enough for the · children
to pick during the greater part of··the summer: A?joining the gar?en w~s a fruit yard
for chernes, plums, pears, and: early apples.
The winter apples grew in the orchard. In
.

m"'vPith
of .Tnnp
t hP
- ·--- --•
-~

---~~,

thr.
rli11.-l,..n1•
"'-'
'-'&&•iU&\;1

-r0 u,..,,l

.l

~ .~

Cl.~

.llU

",.many
strawberries as they
.
. could wjsh for ' in
h e !J. ~~ t ur~~

' t

,}...

.

I~n.t

~ ....

•

.. .....- ...::: ,.
-:

1

ll1e"tt
ow~
Li.
. a.J",
'I

•

.,. ........, 1... 'u"o.....i,...
a,
•••_..

l! ~ ..

. f. --\_r \. e r
A '- t
1

. ..

pcnoC1, raspncrncs were ioun<l in g r eat .

afi:undance.

~

10. At the. bottom of the garden .l\ Ir.
Reed had bmlt a bower, which was completely covered by t\vo grape vines . from
whj ch hung ~undreds of bunches of grapes.
On the one Sl(]e there was a white grape on
the_other side a large red grape. · Overhead
they were ~omplete]y mingle1d, and hung
nearly as thick as they could find room.
· 11. The bowei: was furnished with a table
~nd benches, and there was a passage from .
it to the_brook dow~ a few stone'steps. In
pleasan~ weather, this was a ·favorite spot for
the family to eat their supper. Frank and

Mary had built a little fire-place for the tea.:.
kettle, against the stone wall which divided
the garden from . the. brook. The brook
itself afforded clear, soft water for the teakettle, and to fill the children's tumblers,
for they never drank either tea or coffee. ·\
12. Two pai r~ . of rob~ns had built their
nests 3:Dd raisc;.d:. th.cir } Olln g for SC;YCl'ai SUlll
mers iri succession in th~ hower. an<l so c arefu l had Frank-a~li:~)\I ary been n~ver to fri ~ht­
en the!Il, tha,t ·th:~Y had become quite tame.
When 'cherri~s
in season, the children
would freque;nt~y_:'carry a few ripe ones to the
. bower, al!d p,lac~"· them on the table. The
birds would oft~n ·f lutter down after the fruit
0

~

••

.:i&
_.1

•

.were

-r•

~m
, _.~

~
T ~~

.;

:.J
,,__. .
a.,;ji

\ ·; i

•
: ~\

.cl

;.]_

., ·: ~~~

hnf'),.A th.P r-h1lrfrpn h'1u.,1
••'-N
-...;\,,,-.-• V

..,

... _

V&.a& i ........... -.&a.

o-!"'\t v"°'1t
nfth~
-h~"!~.,~~
bV"'
- L ....,. •
.., ... ..,"-' - - ; , _..,

·

'

and they seeme·d to be particularly pteased
,~,
' tn
P J. I. n
n .itn
... ' .......
..

g 1.1' n.. g

~no
O .t " t... •'-' nt" •l ati:>Q
.............. .....
• ' ti:>a-"•IDS
~ -...,._ , ,
'n•

"'

ancl \Y oulcl - frc ,t:i ucnt.i J\· sit
orcrhcaJ sin;::in.!2'
.
...
du r in!! the mcaL 'l'he cliildrcll were 'er y
careful to frighten away the cat, wheneve~r
she ventured into the garden , for fear she
~

would discover the nes'is of their favo rite

birds.
Tell what you h~ve _ been reading about, and describe
the picture. Explain in in, landsmen; shoals of porpoises;
iT2, earnings; mercantile pursuits; 4, healthful labors of
his boyhood; 8, cultivating an amiable temper. "What
kind of habits were Frank and Mary trained in? vVill
children that leave their playthings and books apd ~lathes
lying about anywhere, be likely to take care of then tools
and valuable articles when they grow up, or not?. "\Vho
is it said that Frank and.· Mary loved? ·vVhy did th~y
love them ? What did God do for them ? What did ·
their parents do for them? - vVould loving God ·and their

4*

.

., ·....·._.::~~~~~~~ul{~;;});~~{i1;h~~"· ;
THE ' YANKEE

parents make them feel happier, or not? :Which is right,. .
to be respectful and kind to aged people, o~ to ~eglect and
despise them ? "\Vere Fran~ and Mary kmd or.· negle~t­
ful to the aged ? Do you think ~hey were. happier for it,
or not? How did they treat their companions ? Sho1_1ld
we always do this? What does Christ say about 1h1s?
This is my commandment, That ye love one another as I
have loved you: John xv. 12.

•.-::

in improving their education at some of the
higher schools or ~cad_emies. Some young ..
men, whose educahon 1,s already good, work·
on a farm in summer, and teach school in the
winter.
2. Mr. Reed employed two such young
men on his farm~ ·,·, Sam was employed all
the year. N atha,i( taught school from the
first of Decembel1-"~;,;&o the first of April, and
·. worked 'with Mr;:·it.?eed the ,remainder of the
year.. See ! the.f~ are both · of the boys
thrashiii'g in the bii:='gt. Nathan is now finishing his ' work; as -~his school begins next
·
week.
· ·:, '}
3. Jn ~the ba~n~y~~d there is a smallbuilding, divided into twp_apartments, one for the
hens and turkeys, ·arid the other f~r the d_uc~s
and geese. In the picture you will see some
of the fowls picking up the grain that flies

CHAPTER VII.

The Homestead.
I

·-

}·

Some have too much, yet plOre they cratre;

I little have, yet seek no more;
They are but poor,_though much they have;
And I am rich, with little store.
Old Ballad.

;_.,:J

.·~

I. IT is C1;1$tomary in New England for

the sons of small farmers td hire themselves for a few years to men who carry. on
larger farms, till they have earned enough to
purchase land for themselves~ The younger
l~ds frequently" hire out for the summer only,
and expend a part of their wages, in winter,

.

.

BOY . .. · . . . ' 43

out fro.m the threshing-flo or.
.
4. Adjoining the barn-yard there 1s a
small grassy enclosure for rabbits, animals

which Frank and , Mary were very fond of.
In the n1iddle ofthe·rabbit.-yard stands a dovecot, or pigeon house, set up on a. stout_ pole,
out of the reach of cats and wild ammals
that prey on their young. You may see in
the picture a few of the tame pigeons, or
. ~oves as they are ca1led .in New England,
flying about . _the barn, and resting ·on th~
roof
.
~
5 . . Frank ·and l\lary had a bed in the garden, which they managed -entirely by ·them-

.'

with a description of a sheep:shear.ing by a
. Scottish poet, Thomson, written in 1727,
· 115 years ago.
.

"

At last, of snowy white, the gather'd flocks
Are in the wattled pen innumerous press'd,
Head above head : and rang'd iri lusty rows,
.
The shepherds sit, and whet the sounding shears.
Meantime, their joyous task goes on apace:
Some minglinu stir the.melted tar, and some,
Deep on .the n~w-shorn vagrant's heaving side,
To stamp his master's cypher, ready stand;
Others the unwilling wether drag along;
And, .glorying in his might,· the. st~rdy boy [FrankJ
Holds by the twisted horns th' rndignant ram.
Behold, where, bound, and of its ,robe bereft,
By needv man, that all-depending lord,
.
How me~ek, how patient, the mild creature lies'
What softness in its melancholy face ! .
What dumb complaining innocence appears !
ear not, ye gentle tribes, 'tis .not the knife
O~orrid slaughter that is o'er you wav'd;
N · 'tis the tender swain's well-guided shears,
W . , having now, to pay his annual care,
Borrow'd your fleece, to you a cumbrous load,
Will send you bounding to your hills again.
A simple ~ene ! yet he-nee Britannia sees
Her solid grandeur rise: hence she commands
The exalted stores of every brighter cli~e,
The treasures of the sun without his rage.
Hence, fervent all, with culture, toil, and arts,
Wide glows her land.
/
-~

Repeat what you can of your last lesson. Describe the
picture. Explain to me, in ~ - 1, in pursuit, exhausted; 7,
contrast; 10, proposed experiment; coin; 16, operation;
18, intently engaged. Let the teacher require an explanation of every phrase in the poetry. Did you ever
observe the clouds, with edges tipped with silver? Did
you 'ever notice the beauty of the country in the sprioi 1

the various shades of green in the woods and fields · the

blo~s?ms of th~ fruit-trees ; !he brightness of the sky~ the

delicious .freshness -Of the air; the handsome shapes and
colors. o~ the clouds, those beauteous robes of heaven; and
t~e bnlha~t color~ of sunrise and sunset? Did you ever
listen to the mornmg hymn of the birds? Who made all ·
these things so beautiful? Did he make them so for man,
or for, the brutes ? W,ould man not be ungrateful, then, if
he passed .them all witpout n9ticing them? How would
y~u fe~l, If you were to. make a handsome present to a
fn.~nd, :~_f he were to lay it down; and take no notice of it?
Are you., or are you not doing this to God, when you neglect to notic~ t?e beautiful things' he has placed around
y~u ? Was it !1ght, or .wrong, for Charlie to hide the fish?
p1~ he tell a he about lt? . \Vas this right, or wrong? Is
It .:1ght, or wrong, to hurt any one's feelings so? Is it
douig as we would be d?ne by, or not? Is it breaking any
of the precepts -of Christ? . What precept ? Therefore
alLthiqg~ ·.whatsoever ye would that men should do to you,
do ye even so to them: for this ·is the law and the
prophets. Matt. vii. 12

~~

.,.
..·/:1
-~~
.

/~

-~ ··~i
~

'•,

,·i

;.~

~

t

n
lj
..
4,
' ;

~ ~
j ;

'-'· -'
~

..

~ :~

r;

1
~

•

l

; ·
:i
J,

~~

.

r
'

LESSON XIV.

I

'l

The Menagerie.

i~

I' '
",

- · - - - - - - - All these
Innumerous glare around their shaggy king,
. And, with imperious and repeated roars,
Demand their daily food.
- - - - Patient of thirst and toil,
Son of the desert! even the camel's here.
Thomson.

I'

f

:\

~l

r~~
'.I

;I
I

1. " OH, father!" exclaimed Frank, one
morning, as he _came in \ vi th a grist from the
mill, ''there is to be a grand exhibition of .
wild beasti to-day at the vi1lage. They have

~-

l!
: I
:~

·! j

:') ~
f

i

~ i

put up a great sho~v-bill, whicl~ covers a
-·whole side of the mill, full of pictures o,f
lions, and tigers, and el~phants, a~d I ?,on t
know ho'v many other kinds of animals.
· 2~ u "\JVon' t you let us go and see them~"
said )lary. " I never ~aw an eleph~.nt.; and
ever since I read the account of it in the
...
·~ : . . - .- i;-- - , ,~ ~ l
1fr .P T i . .... VtI --'1. hra.rT or._. ~
15, ntc rt~Iii ui<!' _,,_\. no . .- 1ec, 2:-: '·) -- 1i.:; _,,
3

been -.:~eir_y anxious· to han~ one pass tlns
\vav. ' '

I
j_ " Y cs, you shall both go; and l:f
_

can itet through iny business in time, I \\·ill

go \'t':ith vou, ,,~ said her father. " I cons ider
traveHing inenageries as among the n1ost
ration111 pleasures which the co untry peopl~
enjoy. 'fhey thus. acquire a knowledge ~f
natural history wluch they could not attain
iro1n books: for the sight of the real, living
ab imml inakes a much more correct an<l
vi~d in:1 pression on the mind than mere p~c ­
tures or verbal descriptions, or even stuffed
''
specimens.
4. "And won't mother go too ? '' said

Mary.

.

.

.

.

.

5. "I don't think it will be convement for
me, my dear," replied her mother. "Besides:~ I have seen all the wild animals, and
I am not very fond of being· in a crowd.
Your father will be sufficient protection for
you, and in the evening I shall be glad to
hear your description of all the wonders you
have seen."
·
,
6.. "Well, Frank,'' said his father, "you

(

-

had better go to your work in the garden.
You can easily finish the hoeing by noon.:
l\'lary will help you now and then, by filling
her basket with weeds for the rabbits."
·
7. The afternoon was fair and mild.
When Mr. Reed and the childr.en arrived at
the village, they found it full of people from
'•l'i n"rtc·
..
T.. .::··t .-. r- 1" " 'C·" L. • 1••.
t,...._"}
v .f.. ti.,. .... , .•-,
tave.rn and n1eeting-house sheds. filled \Yith
carriages, but grea t numbers were arranged
along the fences at the outskirts . The place
looked even more crowde<l th:in on Frccn1an' s l\l eeting, or :M:arch l\leeting, * fur the
excitement had extended to the females, as
well as to the men ancl boys.
8. On the public green a large tent or
pavilion had been erected, on one side of
which stood a number of stout wagons,
containing the cages of the savage animals .
'The elephant was ·attached by the leg to a
stake.
rrhe camel, the lama, and some
other tame animals, were in slight pens along
the sides of the tent. A good band of wind
instruments entertained the company at intervals \Vith martial rnusic.
9. As lVIr. Reed and his children entered
the pavilion, they were joined by Bill Bates
and his sister, Charles rrucker, and some
others of Frank's companions.
{,..s.

.

t?()..

~. J J.'ij

l-V ;~ l ~.

.A.~~ -'

<:.J.-A:. ~

•t

. J.

l.I._~ '!__.

*In Vermont, the day on which the state office~s a~e
chosen is called Freeman's Meeting; March Me~tmg IS
the day on which the citizens meet to ~r~nsact the1~. tow!1
business, and appoint officers to carry It into execut10n.

(

10. The first creature that attracted the
attention of the party, was the elephant, of

That serves every purpose of a hand and
arm. He can s~orten and lengthen it a.t'
pleasure. He can hold things as tight as a
man can, and it h.as as much feeling as the
human hand. He picks up roots and herbs
with it from the ground, unties th€ knots .of
cords, and opens gates. I will ask the
1

t

~

•

:

.Keeper t v iuai.;.e lrnn sii•.•W us l"'•)i!H:: .. d ii-.;

'vhich you have a pi cture above. Its enor10 a.s ;t·S rn1· 1~ evn i" t c::5 J
vb '
J v)
m u~u ;::).., b.ul 1r..,' ;J. ts I'laS""
rough an<l horny skin, its inflexible neck, its
limber proboscis or trunk, almost incessantly
in \lotion, its flabby ears, and its lorig tusks,
\Vere all subjects of admiration.
11. " How does the elephant get at his
food 1" said Frank to his father ; " I should
think h e would find it difficult, \Yith such a
stiff neck, and liis mouth in so awkward a
place.
12. '' IIc has got such an excellent hand ,
and so pliant an arm, that he is never for a
moment at a loss," said his father.
.1

.1

.1

U.l

U

L d

13. ''A hand and an arm!" exclaimed
Frank.
14. "Yes; don't you see that long nose
ef his that he is poking about everywhere1

cent pie c(~ on the gro u nd, and toid the ekphant ·to hand il to him .
1 (j. Ins tant i y t li c an i ma l c x t c n d c rl hi :o
trunk to a suflicienl kn£rth to reach tli~~
ground, pi cked up the liuTc si!Ycr piece as
~
1 . 1 • • a,::,
" .~
..
" ' •' l'l
,. ,-, ' ' 1\..,{ll
l ) • ' \" vn
( 1n
<'' n ( 1
\ftllLd\.lJ
Ct.
J1u
plac ed it in his keeper's hand.
17. I-I~ then <1gain thrC\Y it do\vn , am1,
pointing to his pocket, directed the elephant
to place it there. Thi_s was instantly done
by the creature ~ without difficulty.
18. "I should like to see him eat," said
Frank.
19. "That you shall, and drink too," said
the keeper.
.
20. S o say ing, he took a cake from his
pocket, and holding it out to the e.lephant,
the creature took it gently out of llls hand,
and bendinO" his trunk backwards in the fonn
b
of a' circle",· placed
it in his mouth and ~wa I lowed it. The keeper then handed _lllm a
corked bottle of ·water, ·which the elephant
• '

; ro

I IJU

ViJLl

ll "

'-.._ t_ '-.fJ_J\._..,'

tJ J

_ ..

(

laid hold of by the middle of his trunk, with
the end of which he instantly extracted the
cork, and, lifting the bottle to his mouth,
drank it off without spilling a. drop, and put
the empty bottle into the keeper's hand.
21. " What a curious creature it is ! " said
J\'J arv.
!
,. t
-

--·
.

,J

~;

{)O

.]

TirJc:s !1e c.ltva·v s

itJrir1r(

~

out

~

;J 1

f~o t~

ties?'" asked l 1'rank .
23. " I\o ," sa id t he man , la u ghing.
2 :k " 110'\v docs he get the "\Yater into his
f}l J
mou th ~hn
t. oull;
0 .,')
,... . -" ='' ~
. .~ S:-ct1clr
..., i·t :nE-n1·_..v t.rt1 nl 1., r'l n·d ~l hnn
.._,
..1.±.t;
, .n .:S
Ii
1.__.. , ,
bending it back as you scnv l1im do \Yhen I
gave hi m the cake, he discharges the water
jnto h1is mouth.' '
_ 26. '' J)oes he live on cakes ? " asked
Frank of the keeper.
~7 . "Oh no; they would be too expensive.
He eats from a hundred to a hundred and ·
fifty pounds of grass every day. Sometimes
he has fresh brush-wood, when we can get it
for him."
28. At this moment the elephant, which
· had been moving his proboscis from one to
the other of the party, as if asking for something else to do, struck Charlie 'fucker such
a smart blow on the crown o'f his hat, as
sent it spinning over the heads of the crowd
to· the other side of the tent.
29. Charlie screamed ; ,a nd the whole
party drew back in alarm out of the reach of
the elephant.
.(,!

1

L!J

.

~I

7·

H

'--

SO. " 'Vhat is the meaning of this 1" ·
cried the keeper, seizing hold of Charlie by
the arm.
31. · Charlie sai~ nothing ; but the map·,
grasping his hand, showed the rest of the
party that he held a long pin, with which he
had doubtless pricked the animal.
32. '\ YcilJ n11sc lil €\ t)11s r '")g112 !'' sai(l tl-12
keeper ; ":yon have had a n<J.rro\v- e~cape .
If th e elcpliau t had bit your head, yo u \You1d
have had good renson to be sorry for your
foolis~ trick.
1-:ou had better keep out of his
,,_, ..;~ h '·~ r"o ... i,c (l00"" 1-1r , t C'l"';l ..1v ..,fu· ffTP[
e ' 'ilt'h
treatment.''
53. The r est of the party, not a little discomµoscd by Charlie's folly, now moved off
to look at the lion, of which the following is
a tolerably good representation.
7

..a. ~ (_:\_,'l.._.,

'

L

l l

_,.

.

.._,....._')

'\._...

• {_ .. _. l

~

;i._ ,

•· -

34. " What a noble-looking animal, " said
Mary .
. 35. "He is, indeed," said . her father;
"and on this account, and from his great
strength, he is comnionly ca~Ie(l t~e k.ing _of
beasts. His ·strength is so great 1n his wild
state, that, with a single stroke of his paw, he
9

- '·i } .-; -··. : ~~ :·, " :· -;.:;_:-,;.~,-,:'i-,.'/:':,_1--:,~~..,;-i~~~m,
THE YANKEE BOY.

~~~~~~;ilr,'2l:~~~~o/R:'.\ic~~;. ·._;:~;~.-~•''~ -- · ~

. .

I ,

... - _. / . ' : .. ~ ,, THE YANKEE BOY .
!

bas broken the b a ck of a hors€ ; a nd l~e has
·b een known to carry off a young ~nffalo _ be-

};,:~"~~~; ,tce~~j us;;;e~}o~; r;:i~ s~~J a'::~~~
0

fhrPP fe~t hirrh ."'
·
. 36. "Arc hons ever tamed? " asked FraHk.
~1i. '·:Yes ; in ~mc i crit R orn r· tl1cy h 1Yc l1c cn
tr a ined t o draw a triumphal car th~ough the
streets. Even in these cages they frequen_tly
sho-w a great deal of fondn~ss and affectlo_n
fo r th ei r keepers, who somctrn1cs cu ter their
e:ages ~:in d car e ss them. O ne Y an i\..rnb u rg h ,
th~ kc"~epcr of a copect.ion of Yrild beu_sts
which passed through th is state a fe1v yea rs
ago, not only. n~ade a req-ular pr~cticc o f
entering the hon s cage with nothing but a
small \"Vhip in his hand, but had 'even t~1e
boldness to compel the creature to open its
m~th, and receive his · head between his
mol;strous jaws. 'l"'here have been instances
in which the lion has taken · the absence of his keeper so much to heart, as to refuse his
food, and pine away for a considerable
length of time."
38. "I think," said l\Iary, "I have seen
tbe picture of a lion with a small living dog
in his cage.
Could this be correct 1
1'Vould n't he instantly destroy the <log?"
39. "No," replied. her father. " There
have been many instances in which lions have
not only spared the lives of ,dogs that have
been thrown into their cages as food, but
have even become remarkably fond of them,

:
m

all .:nv ing them a sh211·c of their food, ~nd
induLrin.n· them in aH rrrnrmer of liberties.

Ii
~

.10 . 'T'nrninrr to thP, flPYt en~0 : the rh1ldren
saw a lioness,'·which, being very much inferior in npn c;ir;:ncc tu t1 1c !Il~\
1i1111 , <lid no t
d et ain t h crn lon g.
B u t a s rn;r ny o f my
yoiln!!" rea<lers may have never seen one, I
here }'H"cscnt them with the picture of a lioncss and h er cu bs . T he fo 1n a le is of the same
color a s t h e ma le, bu t is ent ire ly d estitute of
its long and shaggy ma n e.

I
r
~!
'!:~l . \

j

~q
~J
f~
J--~
.

.

;;e~~~;::~~a~~gn: l~~ g,t/:~) ions

have shown

1

1

-~

41. The affect'ion of the lioness for her
youn<Y is extreme. To procure them food,
she b~aves the most formidable d~ng~rs, and
is wrought up to a pitch o_f ag1tat1~n an~
exertion, which renders her, m such cucum

100

TH E

YANKE E

BOY .

;

.

I

i

~stances, :a n1ore terrible enemy than the lion

hims.:elf.
4~. The lioness produces but one litter
. in the ·y ear, generally four or five in number. Tbese are at first e~tremely small,
litt le: exceeding the size of a half-grown kitten, ;:md th ey a re fi.,·e y ears in a tt aining their
full grffwth.
T ell all th.at has b€en read, and describe all the pi ctures
mhmtcly. Let the pupils put the poetry into plain prose,
usinu
the l}eculiar words of the poetry as little as possi0
ble. Expl;rn to the teacher, in ~ 1, grist; 5, sufficient
p ro.tec~ion ; 7 , excitement ; 8, attac hed, mar tial mus ic ; 9,
attraeii!'d tb•e attention; 10, inflexible, subjects of admiration;
20, e:xtract ied; 32, t reatmen t; 33, disc omposed; 37, tr iumph.al; 39, unequivocal signs; 41, extreme, for midable; ~ought up to a pitch of agitation; in such ci rcumsta nce~ ; in what circu mstances? 42, attaining. "\Vas it
right,.

or \ Ho ng, fo r

C h arl ie to prick th e elephan t?

D id

he erad~g.er himself and his friends by it, or not? Did
he deserte punishment, or not? Do people feel safe or
unsaffe to be where such a child is? Could such a boy be
love& as well as Frank? Is it right, or wrong, to injure
. animals th.at do not belong to us? Is it right, or \Yrong, to
torment thoss. that do belong to us? Does God care
for thie happiness of all his creatures ? \Vhat does the
Bible say of people like Charlie? \Vhy boasteth thou
thyself in :mischief, 0 mighty man? the goodness of God
endmeth continually. Thy tongue deviseth mischiefs;
like a sharp razor, working deceitfully. Thou lovest evil
more than go~~; and lying, rather than to speak righteousmess. Ps. ln. 1-3.

I

I

CHAPTER XV.

The

.JHe~ageric,

continued .

I
~

I

II

l. I N passing roun d t he tent , the ani mal next to the lioness was a tiger, fro m
Bengal.
2. " \'V hat a fie r c e lo okin g crea tu re !"
said l\'Iary. " How different he looks fr om
the lion!""
3. "He does look n1ore fi erc e ," said her
father , "but he is quit e as ta meab le. T heir
ke epers enter their cages and caress them ;
but they never venture on .those annoyincr liberties which are sornet1mes so freely
taken with the lion; and it is dangerous
for strangers to vent.u re within thei.r rea?h.
There is only one instance ~nowr_i in ~vh1~h
a tiger allowed a dog to hve '~1th hn!1 in
his den. The fakirs, or begging P.nests
of Hindostan, frequently have tame tigers,
which accompany them in their walks, and

9*

- ,.. _.. ~··~,-:-·;-..:.':I'"·:>-

.

102 -

YANKEE BOY.

THE YANKEE. BOY.

remain, without attempting to escape, in the
(" . . ' .
4.
•
neighbor.hood or tne1r n~ts. .>-t.. s1ngu1a.r
instanee of great control over their temper
~ • _ J '._ r-i _:.+; + l~'
"A ..... ;..,.,.., 1 · 1~;n rlA
is
re.Hi.tea
ur '--11.• u uLu s
LJ..u.uuu..i .a.1 ...... g .......... m.
4 .. ~'A full-gro\vn tiger 'vas lately in the
posses~]on of some nati ves of l\~adras, who
exhibi t€d it held 1ncrclJ by a cha1 n. It "·as
indeed kept muzzled, except v.·hen allov;ed
(which was occasionally <lone) to make an
attack upon some animal, in or<ler to show
the 1"; .a r it seized its prey. For this purpose
a s he~p "was generally tied by a cord to a
stakej and the tiger, being brought in sight
of it:IJ immediately crouched; and, moving
almost on its belly, but slowly and cautiorasly, till ·within the distance of a spring
from the animal, -l eapt upon and struck it
do\Y~.a.l1most instantly dead, seizing it at _
t he
sametnoment by the throat with its teeth.
The tiger would then roll round on its back,
holding the sheep on its breast, and, fixing
· - the hind claws near the throat of the animal,
\vould kick . or push them suddenly backwards, and tear it open in an instant. Notwithstanding, however, the natural ferocity
. of these animals, this tiger was so completely tamed, that, while one keeper held it
by the chain, another was able to get the
carcass of the sheep away, by throwing
down a piece of meat to it which he had
ready for the purpose.''
.
5. The keeper of the animals now comi~g up, s~id he could tell them a remarkable.
~

1

77

I

·1

I
-)

.

ff.

.

.

-.-.·:--

-..---........., ..,,

'

."

..

10$

.

?ase 0 £ a u ectwn ln a ~1grcss, vrhich happened .
"' l:'.'HU1
"1- - .. L• t Hiie
· ago.
·
1·n vn-J~nd
g «c . -ci
6. "A T'
tigress, which had lately arrived in
, . ..
uie n ver ~names , -* said nc, "\Vas sold to
the British government, to be placed in their
fine collection of wild beasts in the 'fo\vcr
of London . Before it was rernovcd from
the ship, ho\vever, slic became very sulky,
savage, and dangerous, owing to the crowd
and bustle on the \Yharves and in the ship.
Iler former keeper \vas sent for to consult
what _should be done to pacify her. I-le
instantly opened and entered her cage ; and
no sooner di_d she recognise her old friend ,
than sh~ fawned upon him, lic~ed him, and
caressed him, exhibiting the most extravagant signs of pleasure; and, when he left
her, she cried and whined for the remainder
of the day."
7. ·" Where are tigers found 1" asked
· Frank.
8. " Tigers are found only in Asia, replied his father. " They attain their greatest perfection of size and beauty, and their
~ighest degree of rapacity and fierceness in
India, where they sometimes commit dreadful havoc, ~d, lurking among thickets near
villages, assault every lonely traveller as
well as the inferior animals. They seldom,
if ever, engage in the chase of any ·animal;
but, lying in ambush, leap on th_eir prey with
..L.;

.1

I

j

r

~

- -- ~~~{~'t~"~-~~¥f:\~:.-~::"'::.~·.1:.f~:~". ~- -~_-:.:\~:J.t ~~<~

•

·-

1

* Pronounced Temz.

'

y;': ·

··-t:,,:;,,~~-!':c"~~.};~~~*:~~;~*;~~~-~~~""'::··~,,._

104

-

THE y ANKE·E .- BOY .

.. '•

-+ensive bounds as to show. that they
· ·
d
He
-possess surprising elasbclty an_ vigor. dd .
is easily terrified, howeve~' by any su ~n
o osition from human bemgs.
party in
I~~ia ' vere once saved from .a tiger, by a
lad having the presence of mind t~ open an
umbreHa in his face, as she saw him about
.
''
l .
. t.
to spring-.
1
_
Tl~e
party
now.turn
cc
t
.1
elf
attc1~
io_n
9
to the next cage, which conta~ned a ~eaull­
ful leopard, froi:i S~negal, In Afnca, of
which ihe following IS a correct representation .
sueh e.&r.

!t-

10. "This is a beautiful creature," said
Mary ; ''but it is not so large as the lion·and
tiger. Is it full grown~"
1
l l. "Yes," said the keeper ·; " they seldom grow to the height of more than two
feet. This one is exactly three feet long to
the root of his tail."
'
12. - " I suppose they are not so dangerous, then, in their wild state," said l\'I ary.

13. " No," replied her father; "their ·
prey is chiefly confined to deer and antelopes; or, when they attack a farm-yard, to
sheep and poultry. They also frequently
catch monkeys on the trees, for they are expert climbers, an<l resort to the branches,
either when th ey are in pursuit of game, or
when they a.re themselves pursued. The
.A1nerican panther, an animal nearly allie<l
to the le-0pard, a lso lives principally in the
forest. ~ Prints of its claws have been seen on
the smooth bark of a tree without branches
forty or fifty feet from the ground, and,
although it h ad evidently s li pped several
times ; the marks showed that it had at last
reached the very top. 'T he panther destroys
horses and cattle in South A1nerica, but
neither it nor the leopard ever attack men.
If you will remind 1ne this evening, I will
_read to you a very interesting accou~t of a
leopard carried to England from Africa.
14. "All the ·animals we have yet seen,"
continued l\Ir. Reed, "except the elephant,
are considered by naturalists as belonging
to the cat kind. But I see the next cage
contains somethin()" of a different nature.
'This is called the t:iSpotted Hyrena, which is
classed am on rr animals of the dog kind."
15. "'Vhe~e are they found?" said ~'lary .
16. "In Southern Africa," --said the keeper. "They- frequently appear in large nun1bers near the Cape of Good Hope. There
they are thought very useful, on account of

106 -

THE YANKEE BOY.

.

.
or.oKen ~1s check - bon.e.
Fortunately, he
~1ssed h1; eye, at ':h1ch he had evidently
a imed. B u t th~ pmn '\Vas very severe; so
that he was obliged to leave the show be\

. their devouring the carrion, \Yhich mig ht
otherwise, in that war.m climate, be the
''
.
cause o f ·d1sease.
17. u . The hyrena/' said l\lr. Reed , "is
a very interesting animal_ on one account .
Great q uantities of its bones have been f ound
in various places in the north of Europe,
where the anim al cou ld n ot now live on account of the coldness of the climate. This
.shows , either that a great change has taken
place i n the climate of these countries, .or
that those bones must have been carried
there by an overwhelming •flood.''
18. Just as Mr. Reed had said these
w ords, a scream 'vas heard from the other
side of the tent.
.19. "I am afraid that poor unfortunate
bal ,~as _got himself into serious trouble at
laS\, said Mr. Reed. " Let us go and see
what is the matter."
.
·
·
20. On stepping across the pavilion he
found, that a number of boys had been
treating a monkey to some nuts, and amusing. themse~ves with ~ts strange g~imaces
\Vhile cracking and eating them. But Charlie 'rucker, who could never long k~ep out
of mischief, had given a small round stone
to the animal, to see how he would act
with t~at. He had better have kept himself qmet, however; for no sooner did the
monkey discover the trick , that had been
played him, than he thre"~ the stone with
such force in Charlie's face,, as had almost

for~ ~e had more thari half satisfied his
cunos1ty. Ile _met wi th. very little pity~
howe~er, from his compan10ns; for his conduct in general wns such as to make but
few fri ends. Fr~nk, ho\vev er, offe re d to a 0
home · wit? him, and so , pleased was the
keeper with such generous conduct that
he told him he would wait his retu;n before he com!11enced the monkey exercises.
. 21. 1\'le~nwhile l\lr. Reed and Mary con__J1nu~~ .) he1r stroll, and, passing the cages,
stopped to examine the camel.
. 22. " Is this the animal that is so useful
in crossing the desert 1" asked l\I ary.
· 23. "Yes," replied her father ; " without the ?amel, the vast sandy plains of Asia
and Africa- w~:mld be totally impassable;
Its feet are so formed as to tread lightly on
the '. dry and shifting sand; it can close its
nosfrils so a~ to. shut out the drifting sand,
when the wh1rlw1nd scatters it over the desert; and, besides its stoma,ch, it .has a bag
in it~ belly on purpose to carry water, so
that it can march from well to well without
great inconvenience, although they should be
several hundred miles apart. Thus, when
a company ·of merchants cross from Aleppo
to JJassorah, " eight hundred miles, over a
plain of sand, .on which no refreshments

can

·~

be had, the camel m?ves cheerfully along, ,
with a burden of six or seY~? hun?red
weight, at the rate of t \Yenty 1~1les a oay ;
whil e those that carry a man , without much
other load,,, go forward at double that pace;
and double the distance.'"_
.
94 " What a valuable an1n1al he must
be-i~· those countries," said IHary.
25. "Yes, indeed, " said her father. "Patient under his duties, the camel kneels down
at the co~and of his driver, and r~ses up
cheerfully with hi.s loa_d. I-le requires ,_no
1vhip 'or spur during h1s march; but,. hke
many other animals, he feels an evident
pleasure in n1usical sounds ; and, therefore,
when he becomes fatigued, the driver -sings
some cheerinO' song, and the delighted creature toils fo;ward with a ·brisker step, till
tl\.e hour of rest arrives, when he again
k& els- down, to have his load removed for a
little while; and' if the stock of food 'he not
exhausted, he is further rewarded with a few
mouthfuls of the cake of barley, which ,,,he
carries for ,his master and himself. Under a
burning sun, upon ~ hot sand, endurin,g great
fatigue, sometim~s entirely without food for
days, and seldom completely slaking his
thirst more than once during /a progress of
several hundred miles, the camel is patient,
and apparently happy. When travellers are
reduced to very great .straits for drink, they
are sometimes forced to kiH one or more of
their camels, for the sake of the water contained in their singular ,bags."

/

26. "I always love to see or hear of
a camel, " said ~Iary; "for they remind me
of the Bible times, and particularly of the
interesting scczies <les cribcd in the book
. ."
o f• r-uencs1s
27. Frank haYing returned , ancl satisfied
his curiosity with the camel, the monkeys,
and other curiosities, the keeper closed the
exhibition. by the sing ular feat of l'\Ionkey
Jack, a middle-sized 1nonkey , dressed in
boy's clothes, riding upon a pony, and the
company broke up well pleased with their
afternoon's entertainment.
Repe~t what you have read in this lesson) giving a
.•...,..__ paJti£~lar description of all the animals mentioned. Explain to , me, in 1f 4, muzzled, crouched, ferocity, carcass ;
6, wharves, pacify, recognise, 8, rapacity, lurking, assault,
lying in ambush, elasticity, vigor; 13, resort, allied; 21,
meanwhile; 23, nostrils, pace; 25, exhausted.
Did
Charlie do ri_ght .or 'Wrong when he ga;e the stone to
the monkey? Did he deserve the punishment he got,
or not? Is it ever right to play tricks against our fellow-creatures? Do trickish people generally get caught
in their own trap? What does the Bible say about
this ? His mischief shall return upon his own head,
and his violent dealing shall come down upon his own
pate. Ps. vii. 16. \Vb.at is a pate?

CHAPTER XVI.

Pleasures of Evening.
Come, Evening, once again, season of peace!
Return, sweet Evening, and continue long!
For, wh~ther I dernte thy i'~ntle houri

10

:;.:~:, ,;:::~~({~.:~~,~~t~«•i: -" 100" .-- - -. TBE YAN.&E~

" BOY. ····

·
·be ..l. u.~·ani·cal Excursion , al)d explain, in ~ 2 ,
Descn
-...e LW•
1
32
·r control
severe check ; 20, auld ang syne ;
'
gratl !'onded ;
entrust; 38, resplendent; 41, absorb~d.
cW
orhir~ hp . more valuable rich es, or good temper? Which
is .
~ '
d . "{~rh· h ·n
ke us hap
will -cmake
u s .most belove ? n ic WI ma
'l
iest ? -,XJP..at is the Bible precept about good_ter~~e:. ~e­
p k-: d t one a nother tender -hearted. Eph: i_v. 32.
ye -in
o
' '
h ld -''-e
.......,,
· .~
P'""'"'entsc, ·or make e:xchang-es,
s. ou
Y'r:nen \Ve gI\
<: - " ~~
·
··
h be- ... or 'J.O ' '2 Repeat Christ's rule of politen ess,
" "·
G d ·
h
g ive t e · s..,
· h
de of tf-Je Bible
For \Vhom has o given t e
inn t .e wor h"' 'L. -auiiful coiors and shapes, and such delightowers sue . Ut:: •
·
•
·a t h e ea r th an d
f u,l smell s 'l. For \v hom h as. God l pamte
"{'ff
·•
"'
'· .·
h :a varietv of pleasing co ors.1 n as it neces_ary
S h) l fi SUC
•
]
f• h
h .
d
for God to provide so many p eas~res o. s1g t, earing, ~n
?
"'Vnich do '-·ou think will be most pleasrng
-f
s m e ll or us . '
.J
•
•
1
h h
to G od, our t hi nking of and enJoymg the p e.asures e. a~
them
over without n ot1ce
p ro-vi·aed 1•"o·r u~~, or our passincr
•
b
•.
"
h !
Should n ot the great vanety of innocent pleasures he . as
p rovided inspire us with gratitude? \Vna.t does ~he Bible
say about this? Oh th~t .men would ·praise the Lo;d for
h is oodness, and for his wonderful works to the children
of I\.en ! Ps. cvii. 8.

35,

~

CHAPTER XVIII_.

Hay-making.
Advancing broad, or wheeling round the field,
They spread their breathing harvest to the sun,
That throws refreshful round a rural· smell:
Or as they rake the green-appearing ground,
A~d drive the dusky wave along the mead,
The russet hay-cock rises thick behind,
In order gay.

Thomson.

I.

us now suppose that .three .years
more bad passed · by; and that Frank ·was
LET

fifteen years old . 1-Ie now no longer went
to school in -summer' but staid at home and

~

assisted his father on the farm. During the
winter he resumed his studies . It was now
near the middle of July, and the season for
haf -niaking had arrived . F or several days
the weather had been showery, but at last
the clouds Qroke up in the west , and a brilliant sunset gave sure sign of the r eturn of
favoqible -weather. Every tool was _accordingly got -ready : the broken teeth of the •
rakes were n~ w -set, the scythes were
ground, and the long hay-bodies placed on_
tlie cart and wagon.
·
2. Immediately after breakfast the mowers
advanced through the field with regular step,
making the long grass fo:l] before their scythes.
Frank, assisted by Bill · Bates, who had been
hired for the haying season, followed the
mowers, and spread the grass evenly over
the ground, and by noon they had several
loads ready to be turned; Towards evening •
the horse-rake was iet to w_o rk, and before

.:... ... ·

the \vork1nen left the _field all the grass was
. _.. ] ~ - ,,...,,..ks t' o u.numd
the
dew.
ra1 s~u 1n '-'V'-'"
• - S. I n this healthful and _p leasant employ ment the time -passed rapidly away .. J?ut
one d~y , j ust as the family was 8:bou~ _ s1tt1ng
rlo\Yll t o cl inner ' Frank c.ame in. ~-v1th the
intelligence, that he had heard a d1~tant clap
of thunder, and that a heavy cloud 'vas
rapidly rising in the north -west.
.
4·. His fathe r stept to ~he door, and 1?1mediately returning for h1s hat, exc 1~~1med,
"Com~, boys, come ; we have no tune to
eat now ~ 'Ve m ust instantly be afield, ~r ''"c
shall lose our hay." All hands ac?ord1ngly
rose and hurried off as fast as possible.
5.' While the r~st went to th_e n1eadow~ ,
Rrank ran off to the ~table for the horse, and
soi n had him attached to the rake, and, b~ a
litt
extra exertion, \vhich all gave "\V1th
goo ·will, the hay was s~on _as well - s~~ure~ ·
-against the shower · as it could be in the
field.
·
6. 'rhe alan;n, however; proved to ~e
premature. For the cloud, rising exactly in
the gap where the cre~k leave~ .t he. upper
valley, instead of. bearmg on ~n the same
direction, divided n1to two por~10ns, one of
which kept on directly south, along the west
mountain, while the other crossed the valley
along Coxe's Mountain and Nick'":ac~et, and
again bent southerly along the ma~n .r~dge of the Green mountains; thus exh1b1t1ng the
beautiful and -extraordinary sight of. a valley·
.·

~:~:~~~ l~~n~:;:n8d~~~~;n ~;~~;~~~\~,
6

128

.I

•

-

-

.._ -

-- - 0---- ....... .. ::'.j

•

'r

....... ....,

.&

""'f; •.1.a 5

sight on t he mountains on the east, north, and
west.
.
. _.7. ,,Vhile the haymakers were leaning on
their rakes and fork~s, in silent admiration of
the singul!lt spectacle, they were sta.rtled by
an uncommonly vivid flash of lightning, followed very quickly by a t~emendous c~ash,
re-echoed by the mountams on all sides
wh~ch seemed to shake the very ground ' or~
1-vh1ch they stood.
8 . "That flash struck very near," said
i~lr. Reed, "considering that we are entirely
- o~_t ~9 f t h e s torm . I do11't think it. could
ha ve be1en _much m or e than a mile ?ff."
9. " How can you tell the d~stan ce ? "
said Frank.
_IO. ·:· :B.?t before he had t ime t o an~wer his
son;- ~ thick smoke was observed ,to ns~e from
a barn on . the ed.ge of ~he east mountam, and
Mr. Reed excLa1med, "Well, boys, we shall
ha~e to get 'vet a.-fter all. Look ther~ !
neighbor Phelps's barn has been struck with
lightning.
We must g~ a!1d h~lp to keep
the fire from the other buildings.'
11. So the whole party started off as fast

as they could run.

Presently, howev~r, their

course was ch~cked _by a -brook which the
~eavy shower ha~ alre~dy caused to overflow
its banks, and which still had the appearance
of rising rapidly.
·
~
-

:·

I.&~

! : '~1'•

;: _: _i.~i·-.'.
( / ~~

Hi~
: ~11

l·rl
H~~

j~'

,:,;.h;,
: 1 ~~1

' ;~ t<.
: ~:I
:

Pl

qr~

;)rn~
1:i~~

:;:mil

fJP~

nn~~

~Jf
~ !U;

ti~~~:

fffli~;<

~i~ ,

{l~ ;

~-111 i
·1111 1
I~

1

~ l!J
r~

~Iii 'l

l:IJ

,l

f, 1 1· ~1·11
f

I'- '

1l·i

~ : ;~
·l /t t)

·1·
~

190
12. ;:;' Is this the sam~ ~rook that runs
..:....,:~ 1\• ~t"'"'""
ast your •nouse. ""
~
i:,aiu ... " ................ .
p 1° " Yes " said l\'lr. Reed. "It makes
a c:~p1ete t~rn a little way fur~her ~::rn , ~nd
then runs ~n · exactly t~~ opposite direction
fro.rn what 1t docs her e.
.
14'. ""'Vould it not be hetter, then," said
Nathan, ''for San1 and Frank to run back
and take care of the hay? A number ?f the
cocks will be carried off · or spoiled, if the
brook rises much higher.
And see, 1\Ir.
Phelps'~ house is in very_ little dange~, ~~r the
wind blows the flames directly from it.
15.- " 'rrue," said l\Ir. Reed. " Frank,
do y ou and Sa~ go back to the meado';, ~;id
the rest of us will go on to l\Ir. Phelps s.
-16. So saying, they dashed through the
sw llen brook, while Frank and Sam turned
theil.faces homewards. Nor was this pre- .
cautl>n useless. For hardly had tlwy re- .
moved the exposed hay-cocks from the bank ·.
of the stream, befor~ it inundated its banks to
a considerable depth.
17. I-laving secured the hay, Prank · and
Sam returned to the house, and sat .down
with a good appetite to their cold· ~iJ?ner, in
which employment they were soon JOined by
Mr. Reed, and Nathan and Bill: .
18. '' Was the barn . entirely burnt, father'!" said Frank.
19. " It was,'' said Mr. ,Reed. " The
fire burst out at once in a dozen places. But
the storm luckily saved the other buildings."

I

20. ':,It will be a great loss to poor ~Ir.
Phelps, said Frank.
21. _"No; not very great," said his father.
"The barn and hay were both insured." .
2~. " Insured ! " said Frank. " What is
th a t 1"
. 23. "I will try to explnin it to you/' said
his father. '' Fire insurance is an aureemeht, r:ia<le either by one man or by a ~om­
pany of ~en, to make good all losses by fire,
on cond1t10n that the owners of the property
pay a small sum evBry year. You know that
fi,re~ don't happen very often, and you can
easily und~rsta?d, that if every person in this
. _..}o_'v~.' ·~ or 1~ this county, were to pay me a
dollar, or half a dollar, once a year, for every
barn or hc:mse that they owned, I might
safely engage · to pay them for any of those
buildings ~hat might be destroyed by fire."
24. " Oh, yes," said Frank. "I can
understand that; and I should think it would
be a :go.od bargain for both parties."
25. '' This i; the most c01nmon way of
managing insurance. But in this state, and
some of the. other states,
instead of havina
•
0
one ·or more persons to msure our . property .
for us, and make a profit out of it, those who
wish to be insured fonn them.selves into a
company, and insure one another. . This is
called .Mutual Insurance .'' .
26. ·" How do they manage · that 1" said ..
Frank.
· ~
· ·
..
21. "Why, they nieet together, and apI

·- :... .

~: 1 "~*_;~-~~~~F~~~~~,~i~~ :_ ~, .-- ~~--~

132

- ·

-~~~-~~~~:~·-'·.~- . -~·" .

_. THE. YA:NKE~ ·· BOY.

"

oi~t officers

to manage the business_. These
p fficers decide how much each must pay to
~ave their property insured. But -they ~re
not required to pay_ money. . ~hey only give
a note, that is, a written promise to pay when
the money is wanted. W~en one or more
fire-s take place, eY~ry one 1s called on to pay
a sn~all part of their .notes .. If there be no
fires , of course there is nothmg to. pay. _So
that you . see 1\1utua1 Insurance is -~1otr:1ng
but
great _number of people entenng mto
written.. bargains to I:elp each other , w?,en
anY of their property 1s destroyed ~y fire. . ·
28. " Is every 'Qody's ·property 1nsurcd in
thitS. wav 1'' said Frank.
.
29. t, I imagine not, " said _his _father.
"-But there are very few people 1n this state
wK--0 are foolish enough to risk their property,
'\vhb it can be secured . at so cheap a

a

rai~''

~ SO. At this moment Mr. Bates entered
the room and, after the usual enquiries after
th.e health of their respective families , he
handed a paper to Th-Ir. Ree~l.
. .
31. " 'fhis," said he, " is a subscription
to raise money to buy a cow for our neighbor, the widow Butler." ·
.
S.2. " What! has she lost that fine cow
of hers'?" .said Mr. Reed.
S3. "Yes. · Ira was driving it home from
the pasture ; last night; _and, .a s it did · not ~o
as fast as he wished, he threw a stone at it,
which unforrtun~tely .broke its leg~"

~·

_-

--

E 7§!\YWNKE E fm oy "t'.\,,.~ .. ,.-'\"-·r":':~}S3

~ :: ~~""-"'. <:'_t'i:"~~-.J;,v"':."'.~ -.

' ., .· ·L't:·. "'·

'F, ., :: ·

$4. "Oh, the foolish fellow!" said Mr.
~~ed., " But his poor mother is to be
p1tie4,. and I suppose I must add a dollar to
your bst."
,
~~- .. '.V~en ·Mt. ' Bates had retired, Mr.
Re~d again addressed Frank.
S6 . . ~'- This i~ the way," said he, "we us~d
tor do . 111 old .times, \vhen a fire took place.
' ' e either raised rnoncy by subscripti on, or
we all turned o ut to help to rebuild ·w hat
\~as _ burnt; _and those that did not go , sent
hay, .Qr furmture, or provisions, or whatever
h~P.~en~<;I · to _ be · destroyed, . to help to set.
th~ir ne1 ghbo.r s ·a.going ·again. But this plan
of insurance is Yery much better."
·-=- 3 7. " .How - \vou ld it do to insure cattle
against a_ccidents ? ' ' said Frank.
38. "I don 't think that would answer.
It would~ 011ly nrnke people more careless.
But I hope, boys, you will all take warnincr
by ~his accident, ~s it is commpnly called, of
Ira s. . But · I th1nk all such thin{J's should
be called by tneir true name ca1~lessness.
You know, Frank, how ofte~ I have told
you, never to throw sticks or stones at all.
It can do no good, and frequently causes a
great deal of mischief. " .
39. "I don't think I have ever thrown
either," said Frank, "since Alfred Brooks
killed his father~s pig by a stone not larger
than my thumb."
.
40. "I a~ glad to hear that you can profit
by the experience of others,',' said his father.

12

~,\: >: --h·:,;-~~;-}; /~} ,'i:,~. =~-· -i~:::~t/~s·:(t~~j:'::~~~a:• ~-...
134' .

THE YANKEE BOY .

.

.

'' That is the true way to improve. If we
wait till we ourselves -get a lesson, we fre·
quently pay rather too dear for our experi.
,,
ence. -

CHAPTER XIX.

The Stage-Coach.
.

Repeat the substance of this chapter; explain the reason why the thunder storm divided and passed around the
valley and not ove.r it; exp18:in also th~ nature of insu. ran~e. Let the teacher examme the pupil as to the meaninu of every phrase in the poetry, and require nn explanati;n of the following words: in ~ 3, intelligence, rapidly;
5 attached, extra exertion;· 6, premature; 7, silent admi~tion, singular spectacle, vivid, tremend?us .crash; 11,
course wa:5 checked; 16, swollen, precaution, mundated;
23, make good; 27, what is a note? wh~t is ~utual
insu rance? 30, respective; 31, ·subscription; 40, experience. Is it ever proper to throw sticks or stones ? Is it
dano-erous, or not? What is the danger? Is it right, or
wro~g, to disobey our parents? Is it right, or wrong, to
<lo': hat they forbid, when they are not by ? Is there any
One that always sees us? Does He see us when 've are
in s~hool , and when we are at play? Should we ever do
wFolfi, if we recollected that He saw us ? Would it not
be well, then, al~ays to r ecollect it? "When do we feel .
happier, when \ve do right, or when we do v.'Tong? ·
\Vould \Ve not be happier, then, if we always r ecollected
that God saw us? 'Vhat does the Bible say about God
seeing us? The eyes of the Lord are in every place,
behohling the evil and the good. Prov. xv. 3.
='.

)

'

J

/

From mornin~ '.till night it was Lucy's delight
To chatter and talk without stopping;
The_re was not:a day but sne rattled away
-~L_1ke water for ever a dropping.

·

·

Jane Taylor.

d~ys after the haying was fin-.~- .1she~l, 1\lr~ Reed called at Mr. Bates's to
settle for his son's \vages. .
2. "What do you intend to do with
Fra~k ?" _sai d l\Ir. Bates. "Do yon meo.n
to give ~llm an cd ucation, an<l fit him for
0
one of the professions ? ''
. . 3. ,,''I .mean to give him a good educa-

. I. A

FEW

tion, . said l\Ir. Reed. "But I hope that
he will do as I have done,-prefer the life
· of~ farmer. In my opinion, there is no situat10n so truly independent, and so well calculated to insure happiness, if a man can be
contented with moderate gains."
·
4. "You don't intend to send him to college, then?"
5. "You are mistaken," said 1\1r. Reed.
" I wish· ·hi~n to have every advantage of
edu~atio.n w~1ich the country affords. But I
don t tlnnk it best to be in a hurry about it.

.

. ~-~ruf~:E ~_O_Y. ·2, ~~~t-:.~-~:~JJ17., ..
D~es the doctor do it for his own good, or for ours.~
Should we not feel grateful to the doctor, who spends h1s
life in studying how to make us ~ell? How sho1:1l~ we
act, when w e are required to take d1s~greeable physic . Is
it for our own good that we take It, . or only to. please
i Do -vou know why God made most kmds of
oth ers.
.;
B.ecause, 1·r t h e
t" ha v·e a di.::a a reeable taste?
. ·
me d 1c1ne ""
~ ::i
•
h
.
taste were pleasant, we sho uld b~ -apt to t;1k e it \.V en \"\ e
c1 'LJ,
. conc:t·1r1t usP . it would cease to haYe a
>Yer e '\S·eil ' <l~ 1 ,i u,
L;
. .. .
·.
.
r · al ea-Pct
on
us. Should we be as c::i.rcful to a»o:d
11
mecucm
· '.
•
I f 1·
d
·~k e-.:: "f "t \\':1"~ not attended
with parnfn ee mgs, ban
5lc n :i~, 1 1 •
~
disagreeable remedies? What does the. Bible say a out
patience?
Be ye a1so patient ; stabhsh ,rour heart:i.
L

•

Jas. • · 8 .
CH APTE R XX .
'

The Canal Boat.
-So with stronCY arm immortal Brindley leads
·. ·His stronu ca~als, and parts the vehret meads;
·Feeds th: loner vale, the nodding \V'ood-land lave-R1
. d plen ty, a~ts, and commerce freight the waves ..
Darwin.

1. THE stage having stopped on the bank
of the canal, the passengers stepped into tho

packet-boat as soon as th ey saw their baggage properly secured on board. l\Ir. Reed
and his children walked down into the cabin
which Frank and his sister were surprised t~
find a large com~ortable room, neatly fifted
up and well furnished . A man and woman
w er e sitting a table the whole length of
the apartment.
2. The chambermaid invited l\Iary to step
into the ladies' cabin to adjust her dress, and
she was ushered into a smaller room , at ,the
farther en<l of the boat, fitted up in a similar
sty le w ith the m ai n c abin , and provided with
every conven ~enc e for washin g , &c. On
each side of the ladies' cabin were four beds ,
or · bei~ths, for the convenience of young children or the sick. This room was divided by
a curt_a in only fron1 the main cabin, whi ch
could be drawn aside, and the whol e form ed
into one room at the pleasure of the ladies.
3. In a few minutes the hep was rung for
dinner. The con1pany seated themselves in
the following order: at the head of the table
sat the captain of the packet, with the ladies
on his left hand, and the gentlemen, belonging to the sav1e party with the ladies, opposite
as near as might be. The gentlemen not in
company with ladies, at the bottom of the
table. The fare \Vas of the best description,
all cooked on bo.a rd. The drink was on
strict temperance principles, simple water.
An excellent piece of roast beef at the head
of the table was carved by the captain. The ·

, 1 .·

~

148
rest of the dishes,;,con1prising a great variety
" of roast and boiled, with all the vegetables
of the season, were carved and helped by the
gentlemen ·who happened to be seated opposite them. -'l'wo or three active and obliging
waiters were in attendance on the company.
4. It is customary for passengers on board
of - these boats to purchase tickets for the
different meals previous to sitting down; and,.
before the company rises from table, one of
the waiters calls on each gentleman for the
ticket~ for himself and party, being ready at
the same time to receive pay frmn those, 'vho,
frorri ignorance of this arr·angement, are not
. . .provided with them. _
5. A young Frenchman, who was evid.e ntly quite a stranger to An1erican customs,
on being asked for his ti'cket, replied,
fi. "Ticket ! what ticket ~ I have no
tic~et, sare ! ''
7. " I want the ticket, or the pay for your
dinner, sir."
_
8. " How much is it 7"
9. "Three shillings, sir.'>
10. "Ver well.
Here is de money,H
(handing the waiter half a dollar.)
11. " There is your change," said the
waiter.
·
12. "Diab le! change! I tought you say
tree shilling."
13. "Yes, sir ; and there is your shilling
in change."

l~i. TurnJng to l\1r. Reed, who happened

to sit next him, the Frenchman said
' callinO'
15. " '\Vhat docs de 1nan mean by
dis one shilling, and the chanae' for half ~
dollar 1"
e
·
16. "It is all right, sir, " said l\Ir. Re~d .
" The dinner cost three York shillings and
that is your rjght change."
'
17. "York shilJing ! \vhat sort of shillina
is <lat 1 Begar, dis is one strange country
Every place I go, new ·kind of money. , In
,9al1.~da, tree shilling is sixty cent. In Vermont, tree shilling is fifty cent. Here, tree
shilling is thirty-seven cent. By'1n by, tree
shilling vi JI he one cent, I tink."
·
-- · -is. " Shillings and pence do make rather
a .troublesome kind of currency," said lHr.
Reed. '_' .But you have now got to the lowest value of the shilling. As you go farther
south, you will find it continually rise, till in
South Carolina and Georgia it is still higher
than in Canada. But ·shillings and pence
are not the c~urrency of the United States.
No 1noney in the world is easier to reckon
than ours. A child can be n1ade to under·Stand it in five minutes. Ten cents make a
dime ; ten dimes a dollar ; ten dollars an
eagle. Again, half an eagle five dollars;
half a dollar five dimes (or fifty cents;) half
a di1ne five cents. This money is the same
all over · -the United States, and every body
understands it. Whenever, . therefore! rou '
are at a loss, either in paying or receiving,
13*

l

.I

~-

150 -

-THE YANKEE · BOY ..

.you -have only to insist on dealing in · d?llars

and cents, and the difficulty immed1~tely
yanishes."'
, .
d .
19. -"I am much obliged ~o ~?u, a!1 WI 11
remember your good advice,
said the
Frenchman, as he left the room.
_
9fl " What is the reason of pounds and
h ,l • !'
;;.~:iHi=:t:.: h~ing- of mfferent va1ue Hl L e u11·<, · ~ '--· -· -;::,· •• - - -0 '1
l !,'
1·
~

-

-

fercnt

.

~t:1U5<

, •

l

''

'

s<tH

1

•

-r

_.. 1.111-. .

- 21. '"_:,J os~t of the first settlers/' sa id his
father , . V\"{·re frorn Great Britain, \Vhcnce of
cour51; tb e1- de rived most of thei r customs:
nnd 1rT'\\.-s. ·The moncv of the 1nothcr country beinr..: pound~, shii lings , and p en c e , the
gamem~d~of re~koning was naturally adopted here . The different v<1 l nc affixed to the
shillill':'!S, CJ.rises frorn the different s t:.1tes having~'t"'~hit_e separate colonies, issued paper
mon~, lvhich fell in value, in some pl~ces
more, "in some less. When the states united
togetl1er at the revolution, they adopted a
similar plan of issuing paper money, in order
to pay the expenses of the war; but they
issued it in such quantities, that in place of
nierely falling , as before, to si x or ejght shi llinors to the dollar, a silver dollar could not,
- at ~ne time, be bought for a tho\lsand shillings, and finally the paper money became
good for nothing at all.~'
.
2.2. "But come," continued Mr. Reed,
"let us go above and see -the country,
. instead of sitting here in this. close room."
, .25. lir. Reed and the children accord-

ingly \valked up .and took their seats on the ,
roof of the cabin, , accompanied by the ol.d
gentleman of the stage, who had introduced ·
himself as Mr. Wilson, of New York. The
picture at the be.g inning of this chapter give.s ·
a tolerably correct representation of the canalboat. But the roof is generally protected
with a Jow iron -r ailing, -and flat, so as to
al low the passengers to stand ur ~it tlien:.
'l'hc driver oft he hors es that (Ira\\' tlic pad:.d,
also , ahvays rides oi.c of tlic m , as t hey go
faste r th a n he can \Yaik.
2 li. "\Vhat a pleasant \Yay of t ra'd~ 111 ng
thi s is!" s aid Frank. " T h e boat EOcs so
· ~s1noothly along, that I can hardiy feel the
motion."
25. "It woul<l be exceedingly pleasant,
indeed," said l\Ir. '\Vilson, "if there \Vas a
little 1n9re room, and the bridges were built
a little higher, so as to let us pass without
stooping. But this everlasting danger of
being crushed or knocked overboard by a
bridge is a great nuisance."
26. " Why are there so many bridges?"
said Frank ; " and why can't they build them
highBr?"
.
21. "Every fann that is cu t through by
the canal of course must have a bridge,"
said hi~ father. " And 'the reason \vhy they
don't build them higher is plain ·enough.
They would cost more, and be yery.troublesome to pass over. But they certainly take
away a great deal of the pleasure · of travel1

..._

L_,

.._

.... ..... . . •

····_~_'"-~ ~-~';;j~~li:,~~:,f)c·!~>.\~:
1 S4.
"True," said l\Ir. Reed. "But
-·
nobody else, you see; understood him so.
We all understood him to caution us to·
take care."
"
35. " A.nd do the 1vords look out mean
take care ? " said the Frenchman.
36. " 'T hey do ," said lVIr. R.ccd .
- -37 . ."Your English be one strange lan·guage, " said the F r enchrnan. "I n ever can
_ understand it. Look out sometim es means
look oiit, and sometimes 'lW look out. , I cannot understand that at alL"
38 . . . The young man, however, was at last
appeased, and satisfied that the pilot had no
ill intention; an~, being furnished with a
--~ --,..C.!!P ...!?Y.)he captain, he left the cabin for the
deck. - But here he fell · in 'vith hvo lads,
who, apparently ·influenced by a n1ere spirit
of mischief; strove -hard to work him again
into a passion with the pilot; but, finding he
would not be their dupe, did all that was in
their power to annoy him, by repeating his
words, and imit~ting his imperfect pronunciation. Failing in this object, also, however, they at last withdrew to the cabin.
39. " How . extremely rude these boys
have behaved!"· said Mr. Reed; "and how
very common is such rudeness to strangers,
more especially to foreigners." .
40. "I have often been disgusted with
'
it," said Mr. Wilson. " There is no nation,
I believe, -ex~ept the English, and -their descendants, the A~glo-Americans, who take a .
I

ling on the canal.

l\Iany accidents have
- happened from carelessness in passing them,
and many more would take place but for the
care of the man at th~ helm. You perceive
- that- h~ aiways gives notice, by calling out
Bridge! bridge ! as we approach them."
28. A t t his moment the piFot exclaimed,
"The bridge! tlic bridge~ look out! look
o ut!$'
29. The passengers on deck -dodged just
in time to save themselves, but a -scream was
heard from the ladies below, and a hat was
observedJ to fall from a _window just _as the
boat passed the bridge.
SO~ .l\'l r. Reed and Frank; and some others of the passengers stept hastily down to
tbe c~bin, to inquire what was the matter,
and .found the young Frenchman
high
lvor s with the captain.
,
SI._ " Your rascally fellow on deck," said
he, " alled on us all to look· out; and_de
moment I put my head out of de window, dis
_sacre bridge knock off my hat, and almost
break my neck. De vilaine ! de rascal! he
almost kill me, and make me lose my hat."
_32. Seeing l\'lr. Reed enter the cabin-, the
_Frenchma!1 came forwar~ to state his grievances to him. But, to his great sprprise, he
was told that the pilot was not at all to
blame; and that his loss was occasioned by
his own ignorance of the language.
SS. " Did he not call me to look out 1"
_said he ; "and how could I lo<ik out, if I no
. p~t my _head out of de _window 1"

at

1

t,..I'-'

:

,- • ,

.

. .

, _

-

-

~~~~~
-.·~ ..:::-·~

'

~

,

-- ~---

>it:i<Y ·A·
K£E '· BOY ': ..,~, ~,.>: .· .-t~~-~;- ~ ..~.~'. -··~· ·:·_ l":~~: ..~.~-::~-

·.. ~. :;.:;~-....!"':.~.:_-~:

·;

155

. · ·-~ ---.-_~:, : ·

1

p~~ure in laughin~ at and exposin<~ ~he
. t rilling 1mistakes and imperfect rronun_c 1:a t mn

of foreii!!ners. The French, 111 th en:· own
co-urntrJ-; are remarkable for their politeness
t o stranrrers. It is record ed of some: E ngli~hmai: in Paris, who, n1aking use of an
exp-rcss-ion that ' vas not customary, corrected
himself by saying, that he believed tJ:iat w as
n ot Friench, that the reply was, ' I t i s not
Frmch , si r, but it deserve_s to be F r ench.'
I ai.m h appy t o perceive, however, that this
kimd o~ rudeness is becoming n1ore and more
:trmre. It is to be hoped that the progress of
eduJcatiion will ere long reform it altogether."
4 1. " Father," said Frank," is the g round
lewel llhe whole length of this canal?'"
42. "It is not,'? said his father.
' 3. " How do they manage," said F r ank,
iem they come to hills or to low plac es, or
to rueven ground where the level of the ·
count ry is higher or lower than the rest of .
the cmnal '?"
4 4. " \V hen the hill or low place is of
sma ll extent , they cut through the one and
m ake a b ank across the other ; but _w hen the
general level of the country rises or falls,
they m ake use of what are called locks, to
move boats either up or down f/ om one level
to another. "\Ve sha.11 pass through several
of these locks_before we leave the canal, both
_up ~d dow~, so that you will have an opportunity of seemg for yourself. · See, I believe
w e are coming to one now."
.

I
. ./

45. l\Ir: Ree<l's supposition proved to be.
correct , for presently they came to t-;y o large
wooden doors , whic h wo uld h a ve stopped the
way across the canal had they been shut, but
t h ey ' ver e open , and flung quite back. Th·e
horses \Vere now taken off from the boat and
'
',
before its motion quite stopped, it glided
gently in past the open doors, and up to
another pair whi c h ' vere shu t , and completely
ob~t r(1c tetl the ra ssage. 'rhe doors through
which they had passed were theri shut, an d
they fo~und them.s elves in a sort of box, or reservoir ;~filled with water. This reservoir, or
lock as it is called, was built of large, substantial ·stones ; laid in a ·peculiar kind of
, ·-mort ar ~ · which · hardens in water, and fixed
together by iron clamps. It was just larg e
enough . to . hold a , boat, without striking
. against the stone-work on each side, or the
wooden doors at each end.
46. Frank observed that the wnter,beyond
the second pair of doors -was consid erably
higher than thaf of the lock th ey were in, and
he was just about asking how th e boat was
to be moved up to it; when a small door in
one of the 1,1pper doors was opened by mean s
of an iron crank, and the water rushed from
the second lock into the first with great
velocity. The water in both locks was thus
very soon brought to a level, when the doors
between th.em were opened, and the boat,
thus raised -three or four feet so gently/ as to
I

~

)56

THE YANKEE

be imperceptible to the passengers, passed
into- the second lock.
47_ The doors between the first and secc"'id ln!"k~ hP1ncr aQ"ain f.';hut as soon as the
b~rut-p-;·s-s;cl" ~l~ro:i gh , a si~i]ar proc:~ss of
opening a sluice 1n the third pair _o f doors
rais-ed the boat to the level of the tlu rd lock;
and thus the boat was raised fron1 lock to
lock till it reache.d the more elevated sect ion
of the canal, where horses being again affixed
t o it it moved off as before.
.
48,_ J' This is really a beautiful operation,"
said. M ary.
.
.
. ,,
.
49.. " Beautiful, do . you call it 7 said a
young lady in the boat,. wit? whom 1\1?-ry
had got acquainted ; " I don t see any thing
·VfifY beautiful about it."
t lif . · ".J don't mean that it is beautiful to
t h eye," said l\Iary.
.
.
. " 'Vhat do you mean, then 7" S'1;id the
young lady.
.
52. " 'Vhen you are readmg poetry, or
any other fine composition," said l\Iary,
"' does it never strike you that smne of the
thoughts are beautiful 1 · Now the words are
not beautiful to the eye. They look the
same as any other . words. ~ut the sentiment excites a pleasant glow of feeling · in
the mind. It was ~ feeling somewhat like
this · that was excited in my mind by our
passing through the locks. -It seemed to me
grand, . and absolutely beautiful, to see s·o
large and .so heavy an object as this boat
0

lifted to SUCh a height by SQ \Veak a creature
as man, and by such simple means."
53. " Oh, if JOU begin to talk about
poetry, I am off. I know not hin er ~ "hrrnt
ihat. - I never read poetry. i ~~;~i~o~~ - ; ~
school, but I did not u nderstand a \Yord of
it."
. 54. l\Iary ~aid no more _on that subject.
~he felt that if her compamon possessed no
idea ·for the beautiful, it would be vain for
-~er to try to excjfe it.
'
·
.
.·'.{>?_,:.._:~· " I never'' had the value of poetry so
d1st1n~~ly brougfit to my mind, as by thos e
few snI?p!e w9rcls of your daughter," said
., ·- --Mr:, ~Yils~n. ."What a pity that jt is not
more studied In schools, and read in families!"
..
· 56. - '.'In ~ our . town library," said · l\'Ir.
Reed, '.'we have a very excellent collection
of·poetry, from Chaucer dovvnwards. There
are no books 'vhich I value more highly. It
seems to me, that those who have no taste
for poetry are c ut off fron1 half the enjoyments ·w hich our Great Benefactor has provided for us."
.
51. In a very short time the boat entered
another set of locks. Jn these: however, the
process was reversed : that is to say, the
boat was lowered, instead of being raised.
B!-Jt, as the operation is nearly the, same, it
will hardly~ be necessary to explain_it to my
young readers.
· 58. Not long after this, a stage was seen,
14

canal· a nd notice \Vas given by the captain
to th~se ,vho were g oin g to Saratoga
Sprinus t o be in readi ness to leave the boat.
~Ir. Reed, ·w ho designed to take that route~
according ly collected t ogether hi s baggage.
l\Ir. \Yilson, who had proved so pleasant a
c ompanion both in the stag? and on t!1e can?],
with much regret bade . him and his family
good-by . . l\Ir. Reed en~aged to call on his
fri end as soon as he arn ved at New York ,
and :llr. ' V ilson promised, that he ·would
never be within ten miles of l\lr. · Reed's
farm w ithout going to pay .his young friends
a visit.
59. The boat lost but a moment at the
landing-place, and was off before the bagg~e ·was fixed behind_ the stage.
0 ur
tr~c:llers were now once more upori land,
''niDJin twent~ miles of the Sp:ings, \vhich .
t hey reached in· safety that evenmg.
.
.
Repeat the substance of this chapter, describing minutely
the L«cent and descent of the locks, and tracing the course
of the travellers on a map from Castleton· to Saratoga
S pTinus. E xplain the following words: ' 1, apart ment;
3~ in ° attendance; 18, currency; 32, grievances; 47,
sluice, section ; 54, excite ; 56, who is meant by Great
Benefactor? Were you ever in a mountainous country?
H w, did you observe the grandeur of the' scenery, with its
boundless forests, its bursting torrents, its thundering catanu:ts, and itscloud-capped peaks? Did you notice the storms
passing along its ridges, leaving the valleys in sunshine,
the d ouds resting on the tops, or on ~he sides of the mountains ? Did you ever o~serve the be!!-utiful effect of moonlight on such a country? Is it right to .ridicule the man·

.'

(

abo~t half ~ mile ahead, on the bank of t~e

.

ner or the imperfect pronunciation of foreianers ? \Vould
you like to be treated so in a strange co;:,untry? "Will a
good man ever try to hurt the feel ings of others? ·what
is the rule given by Christ on tliis ::subjec t '? Therefore , all
things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you
do ye even so t.~ them: for this is the law and the pro~

phets.

I

j'"'

Matt.

Vll.

12.

'

· CHAPTER XXL

The Spririg s.
.I

,,....,

i.
! .

..........................

.~ ~
. .
With eager lips,
And trembling hand, the languid thirsty quaff
New life in yoq ; new vigor fills their veins.
Armstrong.
~·

~~

1. FRANK and Mary; totally unaccustomed to travelling, were considerably fatigued by the long journey of the preceding
day. , Yet, such . was their anxiety to see
and · taste the celebrated ,vaters of Saratoga,
that they were up and dressed at sunrise.
They found their father ready to accompany
them.
2. Mr. Reed had heard the Iodine Spring
so highly extolled the evening before, that
he concluded to visit that first.
A boy
accompanied them from the hotel, to show
them-the way to the spring. After walking
nearly to the north end of the village, they
came to . the top of a long flight of wooden
stairs leadil1g down to a ·d ell, or narrow
valley, traversed by a brQok, ·running north- ~·

~f~~f:br~~~*l.~~~f~.r- :.·: ·_,.
. ,_,, .

~-----~------~----------~-----------------~-----------~--HU

HOLLIS# ARP1714 /bks

AUTHOR: Palmer; Thomas H.
TiTLE: · The moral insiructor, or, Culture of the heart, affections, and .
intellect : while learning to read. Part I-[IV] I by Thomas H.
Palmer.
PUB. INFO: Boston : W.D. Ticknor & Co., cl841-cl843.
DESCRIPTION: 4 v. : ill. ; 19 cm.
- -~
/

:·

SUBJECTS: *Sl Readers.
/
*S2 Moral education.
AUTHORS: *Al Palmer, Thomas H.
OTHER TITLES: Palmer's m6ral instructor.
Culture of the heart, affections, and intellect.
Harvard reading textbooks pres .e i'.\ra t1 0.ri microfilm p;roject ,
02990.
LO~ ATION: Gutman Education: EducT 7S8.42.600
Library has: pt. III-IV.
Gutman Education: EducT . 7S8.43.600
..
Library has: pt. II.
Gutman Education: Film HRT 00416
Library has: 4 ·v.
Master Micrbfor~s: Film M~s 24246
Microfilm. 4v. Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Library
Microreproduction Service; 1993. : 1 microfilm reel :
negative ; 3p · mm.
Widener: Phil 8890.2
Library has: pt. I.
CS - Enter DISPLAY CS for circulation information
'

... __ .

